GENERAL INFORMATION
Included in the contents of this Generic Scan Tool (GST) manual is a summary table of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Related DTCs. The DTC table contains DTC Malfunction Criteria, Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling Conditions, Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and MIL Illumination information which can be used to accurately monitor and diagnose emissions related faults and perform functions required to run Modes 01 through 09 with a hand held scan tool.
This information also contains the step by step procedures to accurately diagnose and repair a component or system once a DTC has been set. References to repair procedures and wiring diagrams can be found within the diagnostic test procedures.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
| WARNING | Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or possible death. When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention to driving conditions and observe and obey all posted speed limits. Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the fuel system, place rags around the connection area. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pressure pump, is under extremely high pressure! When working on engine or fuel injection system, fuel pressure must be relieved to residual pressure before opening high pressure components. Refer to the Service information for the proper procedure. If the battery has not been disconnected, the fuel pump fuse must be removed before opening the fuel supply system as the fuel pump may be activated by the driver's door contact switch. Testing of the EVAP and ORVR systems can result in the escape of explosive fuel vapor. Do not smoke while testing the EVAP system, and make sure the area you are working in is well ventilated. Observe the following for all procedures, especially in the engine compartment due to lack of room: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. Do not touch or disconnect the Ignition Coils, ignition wires, connecting parts or adapter cables when the ignition is on or the engine is running or turning at starting RPM. Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ignition system, including test leads, when the ignition is turned off. When removing and installing components from full or partially full fuel tanks, observe the following: The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary. Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction system and place an extraction hose close to the installation opening of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater than 15 m 3 /h can be used. Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant gloves! When servicing the engine control module (ECM), it may be necessary to use a heat gun. The heat gun, shear bolts, and parts of the protective housing will become extremely hot. Use extreme caution when working with or handling these parts to avoid personal injury. Observe operating instructions when working with a heat gun. To prevent damage (burning) to the wiring and harness connections, insulation and the electronic components, perform outlined work steps exactly! The cooling system is under pressure. To avoid scalding, use caution when opening the cooling system and servicing cooling system components! |
| CAUTION | The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off. Otherwise, the engine control module (ECM) can be damaged. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. Do not use sealants containing silicone. Particles of silicone drawn into the engine, will not be burnt in the engine and will damage the oxygen sensors. Secure all hose connections with the correct hose clips (the same as original equipment). If engine is to be cranked without starting, for example as part of a compression test, remove the fuses for the voltage supply of Ignition Coils and the fuel injector. An electrostatic charge can lead to functional problems of electrical components of the engine, transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on electrical components. Do not make direct contact with electrical harness connector terminals. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals. |
CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following rules of cleanliness
- Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area before disconnecting.
- Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-free cloths.
- Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are not performed immediately.
- When the system is open, do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
- Install clean components: Remove replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
- Separated electrical connectors: Protect from dirt and moisture. Make sure connections are dry when reconnecting.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEMS
California OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 14, 000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 14, 000 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
Several states in the northeastern United States have chosen to adopt the California emission regulations starting in the 1998 MY and are known as "Green States".
Green States receive California-certified vehicles for passenger cars and light trucks up to 6, 000 lbs. GVWR. Starting in the 2004 MY, Federal vehicle over 8, 500 lbs. will start phasing in OBD-II.
Starting in 2004 MY, gasoline-fueled medium duty passenger vehicles are required to have OBD-II. Federal OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 8, 500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 8, 500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
OBD-II system implementation and operation is described in the remainder of this document.
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ILLUMINATION
If the engine control module (ECM) recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emission values, it indicates them by illuminating the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) which is located in the instrument cluster.
The ECM switches on the MIL after the ignition is switched on. Shortly after the engine is started, the MIL goes out if the ECM does not detect a malfunction that increases the emission values.
If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emissions during the operation of the engine, the ECM switches on the MIL and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK DATA LINK
The engine control module (ECM) communicates with data bus capable control modules via a CAN Data Link.
The databus capable control modules are connected via data bus wires, which are twisted together (CAN high and CAN low), and exchange information with the ECM. Missing or implausible information on the databus is recognized and stored as a malfunction based on specific DTC criteria.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is illuminated as a result of a CAN message sent by the ECM. The MIL can be turned on, turned off, or blink, depending on the message received.
ELECTRONIC POWER CONTROL WARNING LAMP
The engine control module (ECM) monitors electronic power control (EPC) components when the ignition is switched on.
If a malfunction is recognized in the EPC system, the ECM switches on the EPC warning lamp, which is located in the instrument cluster, and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through the manufacturer. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
For all fuel supply system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
The evaporative emission system has been designed to minimize the release of hydrocarbons from the fuel system into the atmosphere. The evaporative system components all work together with the ECM to prevent fuel vapor from escaping and route it to the intake manifold to be burned during normal combustion.
The leak detection system checks the integrity of the evaporative emission system by pressurizing system.
- When leak detection is activated, a pump pressurizes the evaporative system.
- During the leak diagnosis, the system is monitored for a specific time period. If the pressure does not drop a specific amount during the time period, the system is considered to be sealed.
- If the pressure drops greater than a specified amount during a specific time period, the system is pressurized once more. The engine control module measures the time until the pressure drops again. The control module uses the measured value to determine the size of the leak.
Leak diagnosis is activated automatically shortly following every engine start. If a malfunction is determined, an entry is made to the DTC memory. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the malfunction is recognized for two subsequent starts.
For all evaporative system component locations, hose routing, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
ELECTRONIC ENGINE POWER CONTROL
For EPC, the throttle valve is not operated by a cable from the accelerator pedal. There is no mechanical connection between the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.
The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to engine control module (ECM) by the throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (variable resistances; stored in one housing) that are connected with the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator pedal position (driver's intention) is a main input unit for the ECM.
Operation of the throttle valve occurs via an electric motor, the throttle drive for in the throttle valve control module. This is true across the entire engine speed and engine load spectrum.
The throttle valve is operated by the EPC according to specifications of engine control module (ECM).
With engine off and ignition switched on, the ECM controls the throttle drive according to specifications of throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2. This means, if the accelerator pedal is pressed half way, the throttle drive opens the throttle valve to the same degree; i.e. throttle valve is then opened approximately half way.
With engine running under load, ECM can open or close the throttle valve independently of the throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2.
This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been pressed half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque losses at the throttle valve.
In addition, it results in a significant reduction in emissions and fuel consumption under certain load conditions.
It would be incorrect to think that EPC consists of only one or two components. EPC is much more of a system containing all components that contribute to recognizing, controlling and monitoring the position of the throttle valve.
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
For all fuel injection system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
The ECM regulates fuel injection, throttle valve control module, oxygen sensor regulation, ignition, knock control, evaporative emission purge valve, engine speed limitation through the fuel injectors or the power supply relay, as well as OBD functions. For locations, removal/installation procedures, refer to the service information.
EXHAUST SYSTEM COMPONENTS
For all exhaust system, emission control component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM
The secondary air injection system improves the secondary oxidation within the catalytic converter which are due to the rich mixture during the cold start phase where the exhaust emissions contain an increased level of unburned hydrocarbons, thereby reducing harmful emissions. The heat released by secondary oxidation shortens the startup time of the catalytic converter considerably, as well as significantly improves emissions quality during the cold-running phase.
- During a cold start, the secondary air injection system injects air behind the exhaust valves. This produces an oxygen rich exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces the heating-up phase of the catalytic converter.
- In addition, the secondary air injection system is switched on (after a delay) during idle after every subsequent engine start (up to a maximum coolant temperature) and is checked through on board diagnostic functions.
For all secondary air injection system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
IGNITION SYSTEM
For all ignition and glow plug system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
The transmission control module receives information from transmission related components and uses this information to control shifting and operation of the transmission.
For all automatic transmission component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
PRELIMINARY CHECK
Prior to component diagnosis, a preliminary check must be performed.
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check for any stored or related DTCs.
If other DTCs are stored
Repair these DTCs first before performing the following procedure.
If no other DTCs are stored
Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the customers complaint.
If the DTC returns
Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return
The fault is intermittent or a sporadic condition may exist.
Check the suspected component, electrical harness and electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Perform a road test to verify the repair.
If the DTC returns
Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return
The fault may have been the result of a loose electrical connection.
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
READINESS CODE
Readiness code description
Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal vehicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.
If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be stored in the DTC memory.
The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturer's instruction for correct tool operation.
The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC memory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new readiness code must be generated.
Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.
General recommendations
Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a "steady-foot" and "smooth" acceleration during the drive cycle operation, cruise, and acceleration modes.
Operating conditions
For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C with a difference between them no greater than 4° C. The ambient air temperature must not change more than 4° C during the drive cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in the winter).
Test requirements
- Erase the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature must be between 80° C and 110° C.
- The intake air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C.
- Battery voltage must be a minimum of 12.5 volts.
- Fuel tank level 1/4 to 3/4 full.
Drive Cycle Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on and start the vehicle.
Idle the vehicle for 2-3 minutes. This executes the O2 heater, misfire, secondary air injection, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.
Drive the vehicle at 45-55 mph for a continuous 7-minute period - avoid stopping. This executes the evaporative, O2 sensor, fuel trim, and misfire monitors.
Accelerate the vehicle to an engine speed of 5000 RPM; lift off the throttle until the engine speed is around 1200 rpm. This executes the fuel cut off.
Accelerate the vehicle smoothly to 60-65 mph, cruise constantly for 5 min, this executes the catalyst; O2 sensor, misfire, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.
Decelerate and idle the vehicle again for 3 minutes. This executes the misfire, secondary sir injection, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.
Check the status of the readiness code.
Note. Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may be displayed as complete, passed or OK.
If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test. Repeat the drive cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
Note. When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed evaporative or thermostat monitor, allow the engine to cool until the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature are be between 10° C and 35° C with a difference no greater than 4° C and repeat the drive cycle operation.
If the drive cycle operation fails again.
Check the DTC memory for stored DTCs.
Repair the vehicle if necessary.
Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODES 01 - 0A
The information provided in Modes 01 through 09 displays the various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes, erase stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 01 - READ CURRENT SYSTEM DATA
Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emissions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original measured values (no replacement values), input and output data and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic Mode 1.
Test requirement
- Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.".
From the following table, select the desired the "PID" that is to be monitored, e.g. "PID $05 Coolant temperature".
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Component or System |
|---|---|
| 00 | Supported definition PIDs 01 thru 20 |
| 01 | Monitoring status since erasing DTC memory |
| 03 | Condition of fuel system |
| 04 | Calculated load value |
| 05 | Coolant temperature |
| 06 | Short term air fuel ratio Bank 1 |
| 07 | Long term air fuel ratio Bank 1 |
| 08 | Short term air fuel ratio Bank 2 |
| 09 | Long term air fuel ratio Bank 2 |
| 12 | Engine RPM |
| 13 | Vehicle speed |
| 14 | Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder |
| 15 | Intake air temperature |
| 16 | Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor |
| 17 | Absolute throttle position |
| 18 | Secondary Air Injection |
| 19 | Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1 |
| 21 | Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2 |
| 25 | Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 2 |
| 28 | OBD requirements |
| 31 | Time after engine start |
| 32 | Supported definition PIDs $21 thru $40 |
| 33 | Distance covered with MIL ON |
| 35 | Fuel printing |
| 46 | Tank ventilation valve |
| 51 | Ambient air |
| 52 | Actual value of bank 1 - sensor 1 |
| 56 | Actual value of bank 2 - sensor 1 |
| 60 | Catalyst temp. Bank 1 - Sensor 1 |
| 61 | Catalyst temp. Bank 2 - Sensor 1 |
| 64 | Supported definition PIDs $41 thru $60 |
| 65 | Monitor status in this operating cycle |
| 66 | Controller system tension |
| 67 | Absolute load factor |
| 68 | Lambda desired value |
| 69 | Relative throttle valve position |
| 70 | Ambient temperature |
| 71 | Absolute throttle valve position 2 |
| 73 | Absolute accelerator pedal position 1 |
| 74 | Absolute accelerator pedal position 2 |
| 76 | Throttle valve specified position |
| 86 | Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat. Bank 1 - Bank 3 |
| 88 | Offset oxygen sensor control behind cat. Bank 2 - Bank 4 |
| 80 | Supported definition PIDs $61 thru $80 |
| 104 | Intake Air Temp. (IAT) Bank 1 Sens. 1 |
| 111 | Turbocharger Compressor Inlet Pressure Sensor A |
| 112 | Boost Pressure Sensor A Boost Pressure Sensor B |
| 119 | Charger Air Cooler Temp. (CACT) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Bank 2 Sensor 1 |
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 02 - READ OPERATING CONDITIONS
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode 07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02 makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the freeze frame data is overwritten.
Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim malfunction.
Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any circumstances.
Select "Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions.".
From the following table, select the desired the "PID", e.g. "PID 05-Coolant temperature" that is to be monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Component or System |
|---|---|
| 00 | Supported definition pids, $01 thru $20 |
| 02 | Fault code that caused the freeze frame to be stored |
| 03 | Fuel system status |
| 04 | Calculated load value |
| 05 | Coolant temperature |
| 06 | Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 1 |
| 07 | Oxygen sensor adaptation value Bank 1 |
| 08 | Oxygen sensor integrator Bank 2 |
| 09 | Oxygen sensor adaptation value Bank 2 |
| 11 | Intake manifold pressure |
| 12 | Engine RPM |
| 13 | Vehicle speed |
| 14 | Ignition angle |
| 15 | Intake air temperature (IAT) |
| 16 | Air mass |
| 17 | Throttle valve position 1 absolute (Throttle valve position 1) |
| 18 | Secondary air injection |
| 31 | Time after engine start |
| 32 | Supported definition pids, $21 thru $40 |
| 35 | Fuel pressure (rail pressure) |
| 46 | Activation of tank vent valve |
| 51 | Ambient pressure |
| 64 | Supported definition pids, $41 thru $60 |
| 66 | Control modules system voltage |
| 67 | Absolute Load Value |
| 68 | Oxygen sensor specified value |
| 69 | Relative Throttle Position |
| 70 | Ambient air temperature |
| 71 | Throttle valve position 2 absolute (Throttle valve position 2) |
| 73 | Accelerator pedal position 1 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 1) |
| 74 | Accelerator pedal position 2 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 2) |
| 76 | Specified throttle valve position |
| 86 | Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic converter bank 1 or bank 3 |
| 88 | Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic converter bank 2 or bank 4 |
| 64 | Supported definition PIDs $61 thru $80 |
| 104 | Intake Air Temp. (IAT) Bank 1 Sensor 1 |
| 111 | Turbocharger Compressor Inlet Press. Sensor A |
| 112 | Boost Pressure Sensor A Boost Pressure Sensor B |
| 119 | Charger Air Cooler Temperature (CACT) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Bank 2 Sensor 1 |
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY
Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related faults (confirmed DTCs: faults which have activated the MIL) in the ECM and in the TCM.
When the ECM recognizes an emission related fault it turns on the malfunction indicator lamp. If an electronic throttle malfunction is recognized, the ECM turns on the electronic power control warning lamp. Both are located in the instrument cluster.
The DTCs are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 03 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the DTC code.
P-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P | X | X | X | X | DTC for the drivetrain |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| P | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
| P | 1 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer |
| P | 2 | X | X | X | DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts, from MY 2000 |
| P | 3 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer from MY 2000 |
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Repair group | |||||
| P | X | 0 | X | X | Fuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations |
| P | X | 1 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 2 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 3 | X | X | Ignition system |
| P | X | 4 | X | X | Additional exhaust system |
| P | X | 5 | X | X | Speed and idle control |
| P | X | 6 | X | X | Control module and output signals |
| P | X | 7 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 8 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 9 | X | X | Control modules, input and output signals |
U-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U | X | X | X | X | DTC for network (CAN bus) |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| U | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition to the ON position.
Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
The stored DTC or DTCs will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is an example of the DTC information that may be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Indication example | Explanation |
|---|---|
| P0444 | SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code |
| Evaporative emission canister purge regulator valve | Malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning component |
| Circuit open | Malfunction type as next |
Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The adaptation values may also be reset.
Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable)
- MIL Status
- Number of DTCs
- Readiness bits
- Confirmed DTCs
- Pending DTCs
- DTC that belongs to freeze frame
- Freeze frame data
- Test results of specific diagnostic functions
- Distance driven with "MIL ON"
- Number of warm-up cycles after erasing the DTC memory
- Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory
- Misfire counter
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 04 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
Then select Mode 4: Reset/delete diagnostic data.
The scan tool will display: Diagnostic data are being erased.
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 05 - READ OXYGEN SENSOR MONITORING TEST RESULTS
Note. Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6 for oxygen sensor Monitoring Test Results.
Test requirement
Procedure
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for special components and systems which are continuously or not continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete, the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become available or the DTC memory is erased.
The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 06 represent the min & max operating values for a properly operating system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary, or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process. e.g.
| Minimum Value | |
|---|---|
| GST manual documentation | 0.3499 |
| Aftermarket scan tool display | 0.35 |
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
Note. Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in diagnostic mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Test requirements
- Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic converter and the cylinder heads.
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
Select Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored.
Select the desired Test-ID..
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all "Test-IDs" or "Hex-IDs" that may be selected.
Monitor-ID 01 ($01): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 01 ($01)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 131 ($83) | P0133 | Response Check. | 0.9 V | Refer to DTC P0133 in the DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 02 ($02): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 02 ($02)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05 ($05) | P0139 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 0 | 2.0 V | Refer to DTC P0139 in DTC TABLES . |
| 129 ($81) | P0136 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 0 mV | 9.7 mV | Refer to DTC P0136 in the DTC summary table. |
| 130 ($82) | P0136 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 9.7 mV | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P0136 in the DTC summary table. |
| 131 ($83) | P0136 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 0 mV | 151.5 mV | Refer to DTC P0136 in the DTC summary table. |
| 135 ($87) | P0139 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 0 mV | 500 mV | Refer to DTC P0139 in the DTC summary table. |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID33 ($21): Catalyst monitoring bank 1
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID33 ($21)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 132 ($84) | P0420 | Catalytic converter monitoring bank 1. | 0 mV | 1.5 mV | Refer to DTC P0420 in DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Monitor-ID34 ($22): Catalyst monitoring bank 2
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID34 ($22)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 132 ($84) | P0430 | Catalytic converter monitoring bank 2. | 0 mV | 1.5 mV | Refer to DTC P0430 in DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 53 ($35): Cam Shaft Adjustment IVVT diagnosis bank 1
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 53 ($35)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0011 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1) | 0 | 10.125 | Refer to DTC P0011 in the DTC summary table. |
| 129 ($81) | P000A | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 1) | 4.8 °KW | 655 °KW | Refer to DTC P000A in the DTC summary table. |
| 130 ($82) | P0014 | Exhaust (B) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1 | 0 | 10.125 | Refer to DTC P0014 in the DTC summary table. |
| 131 ($83) | P000B | Exhaust (B) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 1) | 4.8 °KW | 655 °KW | Refer to DTC P000B in the DTC summary table. |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 54 ($36): Cam Shaft Adjustment IVVT diagnosis bank 2
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 54 ($36)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0021 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 2). | 0 | 10.125 | Refer to DTC P0021 in the DTC summary table. |
| 129 ($81) | P000C | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 2) | 4.875 | 655 | Refer to DTC P000C in the DTC summary table. |
| 130 ($82) | P0024 | Exhaust (B) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 2) | 0 | 10.125 | Refer to DTC P0024 in the DTC summary table. |
| 131 ($83) | P000D | Exhaust (B) Camshaft Position Slow Response (Bank 2) | 4.875 | 655 | Refer to DTC P000D in the DTC summary table. |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 58 ($3A): Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.90”)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 58 ($3A)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0455 | Tank leak test: Large leak. | 650 mSec | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P0455 in DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 59 ($3B): Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.40/1.0mm)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 59 ($3B)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0442 | Fuel Tank Leak Test: Small leak. | 1060 mSec | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P0442 in DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 60 ($3C): Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.20/0.5mm)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 60 ($3C)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0456 | Tank leak test: Pinhole leak (0.5 mm). | 4000 mSec | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P0456 in DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 61 ($3D): EVAP Valve Function Check
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 61 ($3D)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0441 | Tank vent valve check from % DTEV: Active test Air balance at idle OK, (Normal operation and short test 70). | 0 % | 100% | Refer to DTC P0441 in DTC TABLES . |
| 130 ($82) | P0441 | Tank vent valve check from %DTEV: Active test, Oxygen sensor regulator deviating in lean direction (can only test OK), (Normal operation and short test 70). | 0 % | 100% | Refer to DTC P0441 in DTC TABLES |
| 131 ($83) | Tank vent valve check from %DTEV: Active test, Oxygen sensor regulator deviation in rich direction (can only test OK), (Normal operation and short test 70). | 0.020 | 1.999 | ||
| 138 ($8A) | P0441 | Mean I-value of the closed loop control | 0 kPa | 327 kPa | Refer to DTC P0441 in DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 65 ($41): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 65 ($41)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 133 ($85) | P0135 | Oxygen sensor heating in front of catalytic converter, diagnosis, Bank 1. Ceramic temperature monitoring. | 680° C | 965° C | Refer to DTC P0135 in DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 66 ($42): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 66 ($42)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0141 | Oxygen sensor heating behind catalytic converter, diagnosis, Bank 1 Nernst cell internal resistance test. | 0 ohms | 6700 ohms | Refer to DTC P0141 in DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 70 ($46): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2- Sensor 2
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 70 ($46)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0161 | Diagnosis of Sensor 2 behind catalytic convertor. | 0 ohms | 6700 ohms | Refer to DTC P0161 in DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 69 ($45): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 2- Sensor 1
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 69 ($45)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 133 ($85) | P0155 | Diagnosis of Sensor 1 behind catalytic convertor. | 680° | 965° | Refer to DTC P0155 in DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 113 ($71): Secondary air system ((Bank 1))
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 113 ($71)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 130 ($82) | P0491 | Examination secondary air system, examination for reduced secondary air mass. | 0.4 ohms | 65535 ohms | |
| 131 ($83) | P0491 | Examination secondary air valve leakage (combination valve does not close). | 0.4 ohms | 65535 ohms | |
| 132 ($84) | P0491 | Examination secondary air system, bank 1 (bank 3) | 1.5 ohms | 65535 ohms | |
| 133 ($85) | P0491 | Examination secondary air system, bank 1 (bank 3) | 0 hPa | 30 hPa | |
| 138 ($8A) | P2440 | Examination secondary air valve, bank 1 (bank 3) | 0 | 1.25 |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID 114 ($72): Secondary air system ((Bank 2)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 114 ($72)".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 130 ($82) | P0492 | Examination secondary air system, examination for reduced secondary air mass. | 0.4 ohms | 65535 ohms | |
| 131 ($83) | P0492 | Examination secondary air valve leakage (combination valve does not close). | 0.4 ohms | 65535 ohms | |
| 132 ($84) | P0492 | Examination secondary air system, bank 2 (bank 4) | 2.4 ohms | 65535 ohms | |
| 133 ($85) | P0492 | Examination secondary air system, bank 2 (bank 4) | 0 hPA | 30 hPa | |
| 138 ($8A) | P2442 | Examination secondary air valve, bank 2 (bank 4) | 0 | 1.25 |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID A2 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A2".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0301 | Misfire cylinder 1, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0301 in DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0301 | Misfire cylinder 1, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0301 in DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID A3: Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6 Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A3:".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0302 | Misfire cylinder 2, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0302 in DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0302 | Misfire cylinder 2, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0302 in. DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID A4: Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A4".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0303 | Misfire cylinder 3, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0303 in DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0303 | Misfire cylinder 3, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0303 in DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID A5 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A5".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 4, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 4, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID A6 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 5 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A6".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 5, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 5, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
Monitor-ID A7 : Mis-Fire Cylinder 6 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A7".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 6, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 6, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 07 - READ FAULTS DETECTED DURING THE CURRENT OR LAST DRIVING CYCLE
Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending DTCs).
A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output via Mode 07).
If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and the MIL is activated.
If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be deleted at the end of the driving cycle.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.
Select Mode 7: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored.
The number of pending DTCs or 0 malfunctions detected will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 08 - REQUEST CONTROL OF ON-BOARD SYSTEM, TEST OR COMPONENT
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board system, test or component on or off for a specific period of time. The service can also be used to request system status or to report test results.
Test requirements
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
- Intake Air Temperature (IAT) maximum 60° C.
- Coolant temperature 80 -110° C.
- Throttle valve angle 12.0 - 16.0%.
Function test
Note. If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will be aborted.
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle for at least 15 minutes.
Select "Mode 8: Tank Leak Test".
Select "Test-ID 01: Tank Leak Test".
Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.
The following will be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Tank leak test | Specified value | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Test function active Test function is being initiated, please wait Test off Test aborted | Test OK | |||||
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is obtained
System OK.
If the specified result is not obtained
Repeat the tank leak test, switch the ignition off and start the engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is again not obtained
A leak may be present. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 09 - READ VEHICLE INFORMATION
Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Test requirement
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Select Mode 09: Vehicle information.
Select the desired Test-ID.
The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all Test-IDs that may be selected.
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text |
|---|---|
| 02 | Vehicle identification number e.g. |
| A different 17 digit number will be displayed for each vehicle | |
| 04 | Calibration identification e.g. |
| Engine Control Module (ECM) | |
| Transmission Control Module (TCM) | |
| 06 | CVN (check sum) e.g. |
| EC5AE460 the check sum is different for every control module version | |
| 000D105 |
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 0A - CHECK PERMANENT DTC MEMORY
Note. The following is a generic explanation of the requirements, coverage, and operation of Mode OA.
Mode 0A - Check Permanent DTC Memory (Request emissions-related diagnostic trouble codes with permanent status after code clear)
Permanent Fault Codes From MY 2010 with Phase-In conforming to CCR 1968.2 (d) (2.2.5): 50% from MY 2010 / 75% from MY 2011 / 100% from MY 2012 The vehicle only participates in Phase-In if all of the OBD-relevant control modules in the vehicle meet these requirements.
Mode 0A may only be supported exclusively by OBD control modules in US vehicles. Mode 0A may not be supported in EOBD vehicles, meaning the control module may not send a response here.
Mode 0A enables the request of all OBD-relevant faults with the status "Permanent Fault Code": -Permanent Fault Codes are Confirmed Fault Codes that are currently activating the MIL. That means faults that are still displayed in Mode 03 but no longer activate the MIL (History Fault Codes) are not Permanent Fault Codes. -Permanent Fault Codes are updated in Mode 0A at the same time as NVRAM storage immediately after switching the ignition off. A newly detected Permanent Fault Code is only visible after switching the ignition off/on in Mode 0A. -Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased in the control module after they are corrected as long as the last diagnostic result was a PASS and the MIL is no longer activated by this fault. The Permanent Fault Codes should be erased from Mode 0A at the same time the MIL switches off when the ignition is switched off/on. -Permanent Fault Codes may not be erased by clearing the DTC memory or disconnecting the power supply. Storage in NVRAM is required. -Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased after clearing the DTC memory under the following conditions: -As long as no FAIL diagnostic result was detected for a Permanent Fault Code -and at least one PASS diagnostic result was detected -and the Minimum Trip Conditions for a General Denominator (without considering high/ambient temperature) were met in this phase in any DCY after erasing the DTC memory. -The engine control module relays the message "Minimum Trip conditions met" to all other OBD control modules via CAN: CAN message OBD_01, Byte 8, Bit 4: OBD_Minimum_Trip -Permanent Fault Codes may NOT be erased if the diagnostic result is FAIL after clearing the DTC memory. A Pending Fault Code should be stored and the DTC memory line should be overwritten with new Freeze Frame data. (Exception: If the Pending Fault Code is corrected without a Confirmed Fault Code being detected, the Permanent Fault Code may also be erased under the conditions described below.) -Permanent Fault Codes should be erased in engine control modules after Update Programming. At this time, all readiness bits (Mode 01 PID $01) must be reset to "not complete" [ (g) (4.4.6) (D) ]. Permanent Fault Codes should not be erased in OBD control modules with Comprehensive Components (CCM) as a single readiness bit if the identical program/data status is being programmed. If a different program/data status is being programmed, Permanent Fault Codes should be erased after Update Programming. -The procedure in Mode 01 through Mode 09 and in the service tester is NOT affected by implementation of the Permanent Fault Codes.
Note. After MIL off during the 40 warm-up cycle self-healing process, the fault may not be reported as Permanent Fault Code anymore
Note. Permanent Fault Codes for all OBD-relevant components and systems in Engine Control Modules, Transmission Control Modules, Battery Energy Control Modules, and Drive Motor Control Modules • Service $07: Pending Fault Codes • Service $03: Confirmed Fault Codes • Service $0A: Permanent Fault Codes The Permanent Fault Codes requirements have NO effect on Service $07, $03 or enhanced customer specific services. Vehicles with Permanent Fault Codes stored and reported to a GST via Service $0A will NOT pass Inspection / Maintenance (I/M) !
Procedure
- Erasing Permanent Fault Codes after code clear Service $0A - Permanent Fault Codes: can only be erased at the end of a driving cycle (during ECU keep alive time) if all the following conditions are fulfilled
- NO FAIL since code clear
- Monitor result PASS
- Minimum trip conditions fulfilled....600 sec. (cumulative) engine on
- 300 sec. (cumulative) vehicle speed > 25 mph (40 km/h)
- 30 sec. (continuous) idle
- To erase Permanent Fault Codes after code clear, the vehicle needs to be driven !
DTC TABLES
Fuel, air mixture, and additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P000A | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Adjustment angle difference < 5° CA number of checks 10 times | Engine speed > 700 RPM setpoint change before check < 3° CA for 1.2 Sec setpoint change > 7° CA | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P000C | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Adjustment angle difference < 5° CA number of checks 10 times | Engine speed > 700 RPM setpoint change before check < 3° CA for 1.2 Sec setpoint change > 7° CA | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P00A2 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 2 short to ground | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT < 0.1 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P00A3 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 2 open circuit | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT > 3.20 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P007C | Intake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 1 | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT < 0.099 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P007D | Intake Air Temperature Sensor after intercooler 1 | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT > 3.20 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P008A | Fuel Pressure Sensor (LP) out of range low | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | < 0.08 MPa | Engine speed 500...6000 RPM time after engine start > 30 Sec | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P008B | Fuel Pressure Sensor (LP) out of range high | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Actual press > 0.8 MPa | Engine speed 500...6000 RPM time after engine start > 30 Sec | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0010 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit / Open (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Signal current< 0.8mA | Camshaft valve, on | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0011 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Adjustment angle difference > 10° CA number of checks 3 times | Modeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 17° CA then wait 6 Sec | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0016 | Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Adaptive value > 139° CA | Engine speed > 700 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0018 | Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 75° CA | Engine speed > 700 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0020 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit / Open (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Signal current< 0.8mA | Camshaft valve, on | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0021 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Adjustment angle difference > 10° CA number of checks 3 times | Modeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 17° CA than wait 6 Sec | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P025A | Fuel Pump Open circuit | Check the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING . | Signal current < 0.8 mA | Fuel pump commanded on | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P025C | Fuel Pump Short to ground | Check the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING . | Signal voltage < 2.0 V | Fuel pump commanded off | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P025D | Fuel Pump Short to B+ | Check the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING . | Signal current > 1.0 A | Fuel pump commanded on | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0030 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Open circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater current < 8...40 mA | Duty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0031 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 V | Duty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0032 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater current > 8...11 A | Duty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0036 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) open circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater current < 8...40 mA | Duty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0037 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 V | Duty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0038 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater current Bank 1, > 8..11 A | Duty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0043 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | SULEV Heater voltage < 3 V ULEV Heater voltage < 3 V | SULEV Time after engine start, >5 Sec heater commanded off ULEV engine speed >80 RPM heater, commanded off | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0044 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater current, > 2.70...5.50 A | Engine speed, >80 RPM heater commanded on | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0050 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Open circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater current < 8...40 mA | Duty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P050A | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Or Higher Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Out of range-low engine speed deviation <80 RPM Out of range-high engine speed deviation >80 RPM | Time after engine start >0.0 Sec driver torque demand none vehicle speed 0 km/h altitude <2700 m IAT >-48 °C evap purge valve closed catalyst heating active FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS: engine load <40...75% catalyst heating active time after engine start >0.0 Sec driver torque demand none vehicle speed 0 km/h altitude <2700 m IAT >-48 °C catalyst heating active | 4 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0051 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 V | Duty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0052 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater current > 8...11 A | Duty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0056 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) open circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater current < 8...40 mA | Duty cycle 0.4...99.6% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0057 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage < 1.9...2.22 V | Duty cycle < 99.6% heater commanded off | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0058 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater current, > 3..5 A | Duty cycle > 0.4% heater commanded on | 5.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0068 | MAP/MAF - Throttle Position Correlation | Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Deviation throttle controller < -43 or > 43% | Modeled pressure quotient < 0.53 engine speed 600...3600 RPM time after engine start > 70 Sec fuel cut-off not active throttle position > 4.5% fuel trim activity -15...15% | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0070 | Ambient Temperature Sensor only S4 short to B+plus | Check the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Ambient temp. < -50° C | CAN active | 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0071 | Ambient Temperature Sensor only S4 rationality check | Check the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Ambient temperature > 34•••26K minus engine temperature @ engine start ambient temperature minus intake air temperature @ engine start (1) | Engine off time>8h engine temperature @ engine start < 34..26|K minus intake air temperature @ engine start engine temperature @ engine start< 1.5° C minus engine temperature @ condition: time since engine start>90 Sec ambient temperature @ engine start<= 10.25° C minus ambient temperature @ condition: vehicle speed> 20mph for time> 30 Sec intake air temperature @ engine start<= 10.25° C minus intake air temperature @ condition: vehicle speed> 20mph for time> 30 Sec | 0 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P0072 | Ambient Temperature Sensor only S4 short to ground | Check the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Ambient temperature> 87° C | CAN active | 6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0087 | Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Deviation fuel rail pressure control > 0.120 g/Rev AND deviation lambda control -15...15% actual pressure > below target pressure target pressure-actual pressure >2 MPa and deviation lambda control -25.. 25 % | Engine speed, 580...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec fuel cut off, not active lambda control, closed loop high press. pump setpoint 0.015...0.105 g/Rev catalyst heating not active engine speed, 580...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec fuel cut off, not active lambda control, closed loop high press. pump setpoint 0.06...0.105 g/Rev catalyst heating not active evap canister load< 25 % control valve commanded close engine speed, 640...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec fuel cut off, not active lambda control, closed loop high press. pump setpoint 0.015...0.105 g/Rev evap canister load< 25 % | 5 Sec 20 Sec 20 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0088 | Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too High | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Fuel rail pressure > 13.9 MPa | 3 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0089 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Performance | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure Deviation deviation fuel press control < 28% > 35% target press actual press > 0.17 MPa target press actual press > 0.17 MPa | Engine speed 500...3000 RPM Time after engine start > 30 Sec ECT 70...95° C delta fuel press low < 25kPa fuel cut-off not active engine speed 500...4500 RPM Time after engine start > 80 Sec ECT 70...95° C engine speed 500...4500 RPM Time after engine start > 80 Sec ECT 70...95° C high press pump setpoint 0.01g fuel cut-off not active | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P012B | Charger inlet pressure rationality check | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; charger inlet pressure, ambient pressure sensor > 7 kPa pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2 and charger inlet pressure (1) > 12...27 kPa | Engine speed 0 RPM time after engine stop 10 Sec vehicle speed 0 MPH modeled pressure quotient 0.25...0.8 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P012C | Charger inlet pressure short to ground | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage < 0.2 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P012D | Charger inlet pressure short to B+ | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage >4.8 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0100 | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit | Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | MAF sensor signal, 0 u Sec | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0101 | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Mass air flow vs lower threshold model <12% mass air flow vs upper threshold <12% load calculation >21%. 23 for ULEV only AND fuel system (mult) <-19%. -23 ULEV only load calculation <21%. -23 for ULEV only AND fuel system (mult) >19%. 23 ULEV only | Time after engine start, >150 camshaft revs time after engine start, >150 camshaft revs throttle position <99.6% engine speed 1320...5000 RPM ECT >60.0 °C IAT <90.0°C mass air flow 0.0...450kg/h engine load 20...100% lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed if low fuel signal then wait until mass fuel integral >0.0kg throttle position <99.6% engine speed 1320...5000 RPM ECT >60.0 °C IAT <90.0°C mass air flow 0.0...450kg/h engine load 20...100% lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed if low fuel signal then wait until mass fuel integral >0.0kg | 2 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0102 | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Low Input | Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | MAF sensor signal, <66 u Sec | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0103 | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit High Input | Check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-. Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | MAF sensor signal, >4500 u Sec | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0106 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/BARO Sensor Range/Performance | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- If the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- has no faults, check the altitude sensor co-located within the ECM.-- Check TSB's for related information. | Boost pressure signal >Altitude sensor +230 hPa | Altitude sensor, No DTC Boost pressure sensor, No DTC Engine speed, <1000 RPM AND Throttle position, <7.01% DK for 3 Sec. Throttle position sensor, No DTC | 1 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0111 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Rationality check ULEV only | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Difference value: IAT-ECT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time, >25...40 K AND difference value: IAT-AAT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time), >25...40 K | Engine-off time, >6 h ECT @ engine start minus AAT @ engine start, <=25...40 °C ECT @ engine start, <1.5 °C minus ECT @ time after engine start, 60 Sec AAT @ engine start, <=5.2 °C minus AAT @ condition vehicle speed, >25 MPH for time >30 Sec | 0 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0112 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT, < 0.099 V °C | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0113 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High Input | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT, > 3.20 V °C | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0116 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance. | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Cooling System Components. | Stuck high: no change of signal, < 2.5K | ECT @ start, 75...141° C Driving condition 1: > 36 Sec vehicle speed, > 12.5mph engine speed > 2500 RPM mass air flow > 60 kg/h Driving condition 2: > 36 Sec fuel cut-off active vehicle speed, > 65 mph engine speed idle and if ignition off > 400 Sec ECT @ start 85...105° C delta modeled ECT 13K | 155 Sec 400 Sec 30 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0117 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Cooling System Components. | ECT, < 0.25 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0118 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Open | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Cooling System Components. | ECT, > 3.20 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0121 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | TPS 1-TPS 2, > 5.79° AND relative mass air inegral > 100... at 0.45 Sec | Engine start completed TPS no fault | 2 Sec | |
| P0122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, <0.117 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.6 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0130 | O2 Sensor Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S ceramic temp. <640.0° C | Modeled exhaust temp>300 °C fuel cut-off not active | 12 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0131 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 Low Voltage | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.13 V | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0132 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 High Voltage | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 5.5 V | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0133 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Bank 2) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Response check- lambda value vs modeled lambda value > 0.9 | Engine speed, 1184...3000 RPM ECT > 20° C lambda0.9..1.1 engine speed deviation 1670 RPM/s EVAP canister load < 40% mass air flow 125...375 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 0.167 g/Rev | 65 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0135 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | O2S not ready after dewpoint exceeded > 30Sec | O2S front dewpoint exceeded heater control active O2S front no other faults | 15 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0136 | O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | O2S signal rear- O2S setpoint 1 V not oscillating at reference +- 10 mV | O2S rear ready trim control post cat closed loop > 340 Sec engine speed > 1200 RPM "lambda-set value (no map, just bottom and top limit)"0, 9 ••• 1, 1 | 90 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0137 | O2 Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 20mV AND internal resistance < 10ohms | O2S rear-fully heated up mass air flow > 12 kg/h O2S rear dewpoint, exceeded | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0138 | O2 Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage >1.2 V | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0139 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | O2S signal rear- signal too slow- 1 | ECT > 60° C mass air flow 12...120 kg/h O2S rear signal voltage 0.6...0.28 V fuel cut-off, enabled modeled exhaust gas temp. > 450° C internal resistance < 3000ohms | 3 times | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0140 | O2 Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, 0.376...0.474 V O2S rear internal resistance >60 Kohms | Modeled exhaust temp. > 450° C | 25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0141 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) out of range | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Internal resistance, > 10K ohms | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 300-400 °C heater duty cycle 0.8...99.2%. | 10 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0145 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | EWMA filtered transient time at fuel cut-off, >0.4 Sec in voltage range, 401.4...201.2 mV number of checks (initial phase), >3 number of checks (step function), >3 | Rich voltage, >=547.9 mV lean voltage <=152.3 mV OR Max O2 mass flow (disable), >=6000 mg O2S rear, ready fuel cut-off, active front O2 sensor, lambda signal, >2.00 modeled exhaust gas temp. >400° C exhaust gas mass flow, >25.0 kg/h rear O2 sensor internal resistance, <=131 Kohms or resistance measurement, ready front O2 sensor, sensor cross change, no fault rear O2 sensor heater, wires and oscillating check, no fault purge valve, no fault trigger for step change, delta transient time, READ ERROR | 4.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0150A | Engine-Off-Time only S4 | Comparing engine off time from instrument cluster control unit with engine after run time | Difference between engine-off-time < 12 Sec | Key-on after ECM after run time active CAN active | 0 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P0151 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 Low Voltage | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.13 V | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0152 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 Bank 2 High Voltage | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 5.5 V | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0153 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Bank 2) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Response check- lambda value vs modeled lambda value > 0.9 | Engine speed, 1184...3000 RPM ECT > 20° C lambda0.9..1.1 engine speed deviation 1670 RPM/s EVAP canister load < 40% mass air flow 125...375 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 0.167 g/Rev | 65 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0155 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | UEGO ceramic temperature< 680 or > 965° C | O2S front dewpoint exceeded heater control active lambda control active O2S front no other faults | 40 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0156 | O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | O2S signal rear- O2S setpoint 1 V not oscillating at reference +- 10 mV signal voltage > 0.15 V | O2S rear ready trim control post cat closed loop > 340 Sec engine speed > 1200 RPM integrated mass air flow 20...75 g fuel cut-off active | 90 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0157 | O2 Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 20mV AND internal resistance < 10ohms | O2S rear-fully heated up mass air flow > 12kg/h O2S rear dewpoint, exceeded | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0158 | O2 Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 1.2 V | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0159 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | O2S signal rear- signal too slow- 1 | ECT > 60° C mass air flow 12...120 kg/h O2S rear signal voltage 0.6...0.28 V fuel cut-off, enabled modeled exhaust gas temp. > 450° C internal resistance < 3000ohms | 3 times | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0160 | O2 Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, 0.376...0.474 V O2S rear internal resistance >60 Kohms | Modeled exhaust temp. > 450° C | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0161 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) out of range | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater resistance, > 10K ohms | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 300-400 °C heater duty cycle 0.8...99.2%. | 10 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0171 | Fuel System Too Lean, Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2) | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Lean @ idle Adaptive value > 0.0063 g/Rev | Engine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0172 | System Too Rich-Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2) | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Too rich at idle Adaptive value <.0075 g/Rev | Engine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0174 | Fuel System Too Lean, Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2) | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Lean @ idle Adaptive value > 0.0063 g/Rev | Engine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0175 | System Too Rich-Additive (Bank 1, Bank 2) | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Too rich at idle Adaptive value < 0.0075 g/Rev) | Engine speed, < 864 RPM delta mass air flow, < 7.5 g/rev/s ECT, > 70° C mass fuel flow < 0.0375 g/rev substitute ECT > 70° C accelerator PP value < 250 % integrated mass air flow > 25g lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0190 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A Circuit | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 4.6 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0191 | Fuel Rail Control Valve, high pressure side | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure >16.85 mPa | Time after engine start, > 30 Sec engine speed, 500...6500 RPM | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0192 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A Circuit Low Input | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.2 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0201 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 1 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0202 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 2 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0203 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 3 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0204 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 4 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0205 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 5 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0206 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 6 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A signal voltage > 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0221 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | TPS 1-TPS 2, > 5.79° AND relative mass air inegral > 100... at 0.45 Sec | Engine start completed TPS no fault | 2 Sec | |
| P0222 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, <0.117 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0223 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.6 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0234 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Condition Rationality check high | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Charge Air Pressure Sensor G31 / Charge Air Pressure Sensor 2 G447 | Diff. set value boost pressure vs actual boost pressure value, >200...1275 hPa | Altitude, <2700 m | 1.2 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0235 | Boost pressure control | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Charge Air System | Boost pressure sensor signal vs target value > 27....50 kPa, depending on altitude | Time after start 70 Sec engine speed 4000...7200 RPM ECT > 5° C TIA > 5° C modeled charge pressure quotient 1.25....2.2 mass air flow > 2.1 g/Rev | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0236 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Plausibility check. | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition, Charge Air System | Pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; charger inlet pressure, ambient pressure > 7 kPa pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; charger inlet pressure (1) > 12...27 kPa pressure difference in cross check between pressure sensor 1 and 2 > 12.51 kPa AND fuel trim activity (bank with deviation is considered to be defective) > 151% | Engine s peed, < 0 RPM vehicle speed 0 MPH time after engine stop 10 Sec modeled pressure quotient 0.25...0.8 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec modeled charge pressure quotient > 1.2 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0237 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Circuit Low | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, < 0.2 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0238 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Circuit High | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, > 4.8 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0240 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor rationality check | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information. | Pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; IM pressure, ambient pressure > 7 kPa pressure difference in cross check between boost pressure sensor 1/2; IM pressure > 12...27 kPa pressure difference in cross check between pressure sensor 1 and 2 > 12.51 kPa AND fuel trim activity (bank with deviation is considered to be defective > 151% | Engine speed 0 RPM time after engine stop 10 Sec vehicle speed 0 MPH modeled pressure quotient 0.25...0.8 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec modeled charge pressure quotient > 1.2 engine speed 600...6000 RPM time after engine start > 10 Sec | 5 Sec | |
| P0241 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor -short to ground | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage < 0.2 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0242 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor short to B+ | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage > 4.8 V | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0243 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A | Check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-. | Signal voltage, > 4.40...5.60 V | Boost pressure control valve, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0245 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A Low | Check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-. | Signal voltage, < 2.15...3.25 V | Boost pressure control valve, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0246 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A High | Check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-. | Signal current, >2.20 A | Boost pressure control valve, commanded on Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0261 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0262 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 16 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0264 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0265 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 16 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0267 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0268 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 16 A | Injection valve, Commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0270 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0271 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 16 A | Injection valve, Commanded on ` | 3 Sec | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING |
| P0273 | Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0274 | Cylinder 5 Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 16 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0276 | Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 10 A AND signal voltage < 3.5 V | Injector commanded on injector commanded off | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0277 | Cylinder 6 Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 16 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0299 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Underboost Rationality check low | Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Charge Air Cooler Overview | Diff. set value boost pressure vs actual boost pressure value, >150 hPa | Engine speed, 2200-2800 RPM altitude <2700 m diff. set value boost pressure vs actual boost pressure value Boost pressure control, active turbo charger bypass valve, closed | 6 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
Ignition system
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0300 | Random Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold misfire rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 % | Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 % | Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 % | Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 % | Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 % | Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0305 | Cylinder 5 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 % | Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0306 | Cylinder 6 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold misifre rate (MR) 1st interval > 1.5% emission threshold misfire rate (MR) > 1.5% catalyst damage, misfire rate (MR) > 1.5... 15 % | Engine speed range, idle 150...-6850 RPM Engine torque, >=0 Nm time after engine start idIe 150 RPM +1 Rev Fuel cutoff, Not active | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0321 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING . | Counted teeth versus reference, incorrect OR monitoring reference gap, failure | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0322 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No Signal | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING . | Camshaft signals >3 Engine speed, no signal | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0324 | Knock Control System Error | Check the Knock Sensors -G61, G66-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal fault counter (combustion), >24.0 OR signal fault counter (measuring window), >2.00 Communication errors SPI communication > 25 | Engine speed, 0 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0326 | Knock Control System | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Lower threshold < 0.029 V upper threshold > 1.992 V | Engine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev | 40 times | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0327 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1) Short to ground | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Lower threshold, 0.18 V | Engine speed, > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev | 40 times | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0328 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit short to B+ | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Upper threshold >1.00 V | Engine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev | 40 times | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0331 | Knock Control System | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Lower threshold < 0.029 V upper threshold > 1.992 V | Engine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev | 40 times | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0332 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1) Short to ground | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Lower threshold, 0.18 V | Engine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev | 40 times | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0333 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit short to B+ | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING or KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Upper threshold >1.00 V | Engine speed > 2656 RPM mass air flow > 0.75 g/Rev | 40 times | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0335 | Engine speed sensor | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING | Open circuit > 1 V short to grnd < 1.5 V short to B+ > 3.5 V signal check no signal | 0.4 | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0335 | Engine speed sensor S4 only | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING | No signal -no signal for 2Rev | Engine speed > 32 RPM | 0.4 | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0336 | Engine speed sensor | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING | RPM signal comparison with phase sensor not synchronous counted versus reference teeth > 1 actual time value vs modeled time value > 1.375 | Engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 480 RPM | 0.4 Sec 3 Sec 25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0336 | Engine speed sensor S4 only | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING | RPM signal comparison with phase sensor not synchronous counted versus reference teeth > 1 actual time value vs modeled time value > 1.375 | Engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 416 RPM engine speed > 480 RPM | 0.4 Sec 3 Sec 25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0340 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal activity check signal voltage no altering @ 4 Rev | Engine speed > 32 RPM | 0.4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0341 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual time value vs min. time value < 1 | Engine speed > 32 RPM | 0.1 Sec | |
| P0342 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage low and crankshaft signals, 8.0 | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0343 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage low and crankshaft signals, 8.0 | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0345 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal activity check signal voltage no altering @ 4 Rev | Engine speed > 32 RPM | 0.4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0346 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or single sensor | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Adaptive value vs target value > 12.4 ° CA actual time value vs modeled time value > 3.5 | Engine speed > 416 RPM duty cycle commanded off | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0351 | Ignition Coil A Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Open circuit Signal current, < -0.05...0.2mA | Engine speed, > 512 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0352 | Ignition Coil B Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Short to ground Signal current, >0.04...0. mA | Engine speed, > 512 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0353 | Ignition Coil C Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Short to B+ Signal current, >0.04...0. mA | Engine speed, > 512 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0354 | Ignition Coil D Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Open circuit Signal current, < -0.05...0.2mA | Engine speed, > 512 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0355 | Ignition Coil E Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N323-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Short to ground Signal current, >0.04...0. mA | Engine speed, > 512 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0356 | Ignition Coil F Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Short to B+ Signal current, >0.04...0. mA | Engine speed, > 512 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Additional exhaust regulation
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0410 | Rationality check | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Difference of SAIR pressure during phase 3 to SAIR pressure before SAIR injection > 30 mbar | Mass air flow, 9.5...200 kg/h Delta engine load, < 10% rev ECT, 4.5...39.8° C IAT, > 4.5° C altitude, <2500 m | 30...60 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0413 | Open circuit | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage < 0.8 mA | Air valve, commanded on ign on | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0414 | Air valve short to ground | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal current >3.00 A | Air valve, commanded on ign on | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0415 | Short to B+ | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal current > 3 A | Air valve, commanded on engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0416 | Open circuit | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage < 0.8 mA | Air valve, commanded on ign on | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0417 | Air valve short to ground | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal current >3.00 A | Air valve, commanded on ign on | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0418 | Air pump relay. Open circuit. | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage > 3 V | Pump relay commanded off ign on | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0420 | Catalyst System Bank 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Amplitude ratio O2S > 1.5 | ECT > 70° C integrated mass flow 2.3...8 kg engine speed 1100...3500 RPM modeled exhaust gas temp. 550...900° C delta engine speed <350 RPMs mass air flow 0.6...1.57 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 2.25 g/Revs evap canister load low...0.4 | 70 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0430 | Catalyst System Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Amplitude ratio O2S > 1.5 | ECT > 70° C integrated mass flow 2.3...8 kg engine speed 1100...3500 RPM modeled exhaust gas temp. 550...900° C delta engine speed <350 RPMs mass air flow 0.6...1.57 g/Rev delta mass air flow < 2.25 g/Revs evap canister load low...0.4 | 70 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0441 | Evaporative Emission System Incorrect Purge Flow | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Deviation lambda control < 4% OR deviation throttle controller < 8.0% deviation press. control < 2.2 kpa | Engine speed, Idle RPM Engine speed Deviation, < 80 RPM ECT, > 69.75° C or Substitute ECT, > 69.75° C IAT, > 5.0° C IAT at engine start > 5.0° C Altitude, < 2500 m lambda control, closed loop for press quotient (intake) / ambient < 0.58 for press quotient (intake) / ambient > 0.58 | 25 Sec | Once/ DCY 2 DCY |
| P0442 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak) | Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Time for pressure drop < 1.0...1.3 Sec. | Time after engine start> 225...1200 Sec. altitude < 2500 m ECT at start, 5.3...35° C engine off time, >21600 Sec number of diagnostic attempts <= 2 ambient air temp 3.8...59.3° C delta ambient pressure 0.5 kpa Altitude, < 2500 m Vehicle speed, > 0 MPH IAT > 5.25° C IAT drop after engine start < 6k Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, 0.5 hPa | 140 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0444 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal current < 0.8mA | EVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine start completed | 2.0 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0445 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve short to ground | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 2.0 V | EVAP purge valve, Commanded off Engine start completed | 2.0 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0445 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve short to battery plus | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal current >1.0 A | EVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine start completed | 2.0 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0455 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (gross leak/no flow) | Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Time for pressure drop < 0.65...0.7 Sec. | Time after engine start> 225...1200 Sec. altitude < 2500 m ECT at start, 5.3...35° C number of diagnostic attempts <= 2 delta ambient pressure 0.5 kpa Altitude, < 2500 m Vehicle speed, > 0 MPH IAT > 5.25° C IAT drop after engine start < 6k Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, -1.523...1.523 hPa | 140 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0456 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (very small leak) | Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Time for press drop <4.0-5.5 Sec. | Time after engine start> 225...1200 Sec. altitude < 2500 m ECT at start, 5.3...35° C engine off time, >21600 Sec number of diagnostic attempts <= 5 ambient air temp 3.8...59.3° C delta ambient pressure 0.3 kpa Altitude, < 2500 m Vehicle speed, 0...80.7 MPH Vehicle acceleration < 4 mSec IAT > 5.25° C IAT drop after engine start < 6k Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, -1.523...1.523 hPa | 140 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0458 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, <2.15...3.25 V | EVAP purge valve, Commanded off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0459 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal current, > 2.20 A | EVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0491 | Secondary Air System Insufficient Flow. Bank 1 | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKING | Blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow < 0.102 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow < 0.102 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1 < 0.297 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 21) < 0.398 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75 OR average pressure difference between absolute value and filtered value (phase 21) < 3.398...6.758 hPa relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) <0.75 | Mass air flow, 9.5...200 kg/h ECT, 4.5...39.8° C IAT, > 4.5° C altitude, < 2700 m | 30...60 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0492 | Secondary Air System Insufficient Flow. Bank 2 | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKING | Blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow 0.102 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) - no flow 0.102 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1 < 0.297 OR blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) < 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 21) < 0.398 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75 OR average pressure difference between absolute value and filtered value (phase 21) < 3.398...6.758 hPa relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) <0.75 | Mass air flow, 9.5...200 kg/h ECT, 4.5...39.8° C IAT, > 4.5° C altitude, < 2700 m | 30...60 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
Speed and idle control
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0501 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Range/Performance | Check vehicle speed signal. Refer to SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING . | VSS signal, < 4 km/h | Engine torque >150 Nm Engine speed, >2500 RPM vehicle speed sensor, no fault | 5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0503 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Out of range high | Check vehicle speed signal. Refer to SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING . | Vehicle speed >200km/h | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0506 | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Engine speed deviation <-80 RPM | Engine speed idle Time after engine start 25 Sec. Vehicle speed, 0 MPH mass air flow < 1.05 g/Rev EVAP purge flow < 4 kg/h idle controller > 40 Nm ECT, > 80...110° C IM press/ambient press. 0.5 | 13 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0507 | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Engine speed deviation >-80 RPM | Engine speed idle Time after engine start 25 Sec. Vehicle speed, 0 MPH mass air flow < 1.05 g/Rev EVAP purge flow < 4 kg/h idle controller > 40 Nm ECT, > 80...110° C IM press/ambient press. 0.5 | 13 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P050A | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Or Lower Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Out of range low engine speed deviation < 80...250 RPM out of range high engine speed deviation > 80...250 RPM | Engine speed idle Vehicle speed, 0 MPH EVAP purge flow < 4 kg/h idle controller > 40 Nm ECT, > -9° C catalyst heating active | 13 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P052A | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Adjustment angle difference> 10° CA number of checks 2 times | Modeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 0° CA than wait 0 Sec | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P052C | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Response check Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Adjustment angle difference> 10° CA number of checks 2 times | Modeled oil temp. -10...130° C engine speed > 700 RPM delta set point > 0° CA than wait 0 Sec | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P053F | Fuel Rail Pressure Control Valve | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Functional check target pressure-actual pressure >1.5 mPa<-1.5 mPa | Catalyst heating active time after engine start> 5 Sec | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Control module and output signals
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0601 | Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Internal check sum, incorrect | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0603 | Internal hardware check | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | SPI communication lost | 1.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0604 | Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Write ability check, failed | 1 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY | |
| P0605 | Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Checksum Incorrect | Continuous 2 DCY | ||
| P0606 | ECM fault | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Check sum error bit check failed | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0627 | Fuel Pump "A" Control Circuit /Open | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST . | Internal error fuel pump control unit Feedback from fuel pump control unit Pump blocked short circuit to battery +, ground or open circuit | Battery voltage, > 9-16 V Engine start, Completed | 15 Sec | No Mil |
| P0638 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance - Bank 1 | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Rationality check: duty cycle >0.4 Sec at 98% AND actual TPS- calc value - ref. point < 1.5° | Engine start not active | .045 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0641 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit/Open | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, deviation +/- 0.3 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0642 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit Low | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, < 4.615 V | 0.15 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0643 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit High | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | 5 V supply voltage >5.434 V | 0.15 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0651 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit/Open | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, deviation +/- 0.3 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0652 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit Low | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, < 4.615 V | 0.15 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0653 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit High | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | 5 V supply voltage >5.434 V | 0.15 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0657 | Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit / Open | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING . | Signal current < 0.8 mA | Relay, commanded on | 1.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0658 | Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit Low | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 2.0 V | Relay, commanded off | 1.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0659 | Actuator Supply Voltage "A" Circuit High | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING . | Signal current > 1.0 A | Relay, commanded on | 1.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0685 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit/Open | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, 2.6-3.7 V Sense circuit voltage, >6 V | ECM keep alive time main relay, Commanded on (Test pulse) | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0686 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING . | Sense circuit voltage, > 6.0 V | Main relay, Commanded off (Test pulse) | 0.25 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P0687 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit High | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING . | Sense circuit voltage, < 5.0 V | Main relay, Commanded on (Test pulse) | 0.25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0688 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING . | Sense voltage, <3.0 V Difference sense circuit voltage with camshaft actuator commanded off and on >2.5 V Battery voltage > 3 V | Main relay, commanded on ECM keep alive time Switch off test - Failed | 1 Sec 4 Sec 2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0697 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit / Open | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, deviation +/- 0.3 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0698 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit Low | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, < 4.6-5 V | Threshold values dep. on internal 5 V rev voltage | 0.4 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0699 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit High | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. | 5 V supply voltage>4.99-5.41 V | Threshold values dep. on internal 5 V rev voltage | 0.4 Sec | 2 DCY |
Fuel and Air ratios, control module
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P10A0 | RFP-Power stage | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | ECM power stage failure or duty cycle<95% | Engine start completed | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P10A4 | RFP-Actuator | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Absolute value of maximum deviation between predicted and real value> 8% | Engine start completed | 0.3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P10A5 | RFP-Sensor | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage > 4.0 V | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P10A6 | RFP-Sensor | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage < 0.1 V | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P1114 | Internal resistance too large (Bank 1, sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater resistance, (128-648)*(8-40)1.02-25.9 k ohms (dep. on mod. exhaust temp. and heater power) | Battery voltage, 10.7-16.1 V Modeled exhaust gas temp, 300-600° C Engine shutoff time, 300 Sec. IAT, >6.75° C | 15 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P12A1 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Inappropriately Low | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Deviation fuel rail pressure control > 0.60 g/Rev AND deviation lambda control < 22.5% | Engine speed 640...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec evap canister load < 25% lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active high pressure pump setpoint 0.015...0.15 g/Rev catalyst heating not active | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P12A2 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Inappropriately High | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Deviation fuel rail pressure control < 0.51 g/Rev AND deviation lambda control > 30% | Engine speed 640...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec evap canister load < 25% lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active high pressure pump setpoint 0.015...0.15 g/Rev catalyst heating not active | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P12A4 | Fuel Rail Pump Control Valve Stuck Closed | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Deviation fuel rail pressure control < 0.120 g/Rev AND actual press. above target press. -15...15% | Engine speed 580...3480 RPM time after engine start > 5 Sec evap canister load < 25% lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active high pressure pump setpoint 0.015...0.105 g/Rev catalyst heating not active | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P200A | Intake Manifold Runner Control out of range | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.7 V | Time after engine start 1 Sec | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P200B | Intake Manifold Runner Control overtravel | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.7 V | Time after engine start 1 Sec | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2004 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, <2.9 V | Time after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded open | 4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2005 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, <2.9 V | Time after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded open | 4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2006 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Open Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 2.5 V | Time after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded closed | 4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2007 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Open Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 2.5 V | Time after engine start 15 Sec duty cycle commanded closed | 4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2008 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Open Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal current < 0.8 mA | Duty cycle commanded on | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2009 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Shorted Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 2.0 V | Duty cycle commanded off | 2Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2010 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Shorted to B+ Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal current > 1 A | Duty cycle commanded on | 2Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2014 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Short to ground | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 0.2 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2015 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Deviation runner flap position vs actual position >25 % | 1.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P2016 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Low (Bank 1) | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, <0.25 V | 0.3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2017 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Short to B+ | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.8 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2019 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Open circuit | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 0.2 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2022 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 Short to B+ | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.8 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2088 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 short to ground | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 2 V | Camshaft valve off | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2089 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 short to B+ | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Signal current, > 3 A | Camshaft valve on | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2092 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 short to ground | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 2 V | Camshaft valve off | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2093 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 short to B+ | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING . | Signal current, > 3 A | Camshaft valve on | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range high Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Integral part of trim control, post cat > 10% | Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h | 120 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range low Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Integral part of trim control, post cat < 10% | Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h | 120 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2098 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range high Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Integral part of trim control, post cat > 10% | Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h | 120 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2099 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System out of range low Bank 1 Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Integral part of trim control, post cat < 10% | Modeled cat temp., > 400° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 640...3488 RPM lambda control, closed loop engine load 15...70% delta set value 0.985...1.005 delta engine speed < 7500 RPM delta mass air flow < 15 g/Rev accelerator PP value < 1000% mass air flow 33...212 kg/h | 120 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Fuel and air ratio
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2101 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Duty cycle > 0.4 Sec at > 98% AND actual TPS reference point > 1.5° actual TPS calc value > 0.4 Sec at > 8° | Engine start not completed | 0.45 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2106 | Throttle Actuator Control System - short to B+ or ground | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | ECM power stage | Engine start completed | 0.45 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.4 V | 0.25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage >4.82 V | 0.25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2127 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.2 V | 0.25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2128 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage >2.8 V | 0.25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2138 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D / E Voltage Correlation | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage sensor 1 vs 2, > 0.2...0.24 V | 0.35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2146 | Fuel Injector Group A Supply Voltage Circuit / short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current, >14.90 A | Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2147 | Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 12 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2148 | Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 33 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2149 | Fuel Injector Group B Supply Voltage Circuit / Short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current >14.90 A | Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2150 | Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 12 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2151 | Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 33 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2153 | Injector Circuit short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 12 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2154 | Injector Circuit short to b+ | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 33 A | Injector commanded on | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2181 | Cooling System Performance | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Coolant Pump -V50- Refer to the appropriate service information.-- Check the Coolant Thermostat. Refer to the appropriate service information.. | ECT < 75 °C mass air integral 3.5...26.0 kg | ECT at start, -7...57° C delta ambient pressure < 1.5 kPa vehicle speed 21...75 mph accumulated fuel cut-off < 140 Sec mass air flow 40...200 kg/h | 500 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2195 | O2 Sensor rationality check high - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Lambda value > 1.1 V | Modeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear > 0.752 V deviation lambda control > 35% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2196 | O2 Sensor rationality check Low- Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Lambda value < 0.9 V | Modeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear <0.151 V deviation lambda control > 35% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2197 | O2 Sensor rationality check high - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Lambda value > 1.1 V | Modeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear > 0.752 V deviation lambda control > 35% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2198 | O2 Sensor rationality check Low- Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Lambda value < 0.9 V | Modeled exhaust gas temp., 300.00... 640.00° C ECT > 60° C exhaust gas mass flow, 20.00... 180.00 kg/h engine speed > 992 RPM lambda control, closed loop lambda control, post cat-closed loop deviation engine speed < 150 Rev engine load 30...300 kg/h delta engine load < 0.15 g/Rev lambda deviation < 3% integrated mass air flow 100 g O2S signal rear <0.151 V deviation lambda control > 35% | 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P219C | Cylinder imbalance | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 10% or > 10% | ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa | 300 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P219D | Cylinder imbalance | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 10% or > 10% | ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa | 300 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P219E | Cylinder imbalance | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 10% or > 10% | ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa | 300 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P219F | Cylinder imbalance | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 10% or > 10% | ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa | 300 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P21A0 | Cylinder imbalance | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 10% or > 10% | ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa | 300 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P21A1 | Cylinder imbalance | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 10% or > 10% | ECT > 70° C trim control post cat- closed loop engine speed 1200...2600 RPM lambda control, closed loop canister load < 0.15 substitute ECT > 70° C mass fuel flow > 0.045...0.090 g/Rev15 g/Rev pwm evap purge valve < 60% ambient pressure > 70 kPa | 300 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2227 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Plausibility check. | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to appropriate service information. | Press. diff. in cross check between boost press. sensor 1/2; IM press., abient press. >7 kPa | Engine speed 0 RPM time after engine stop 10 Sec | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2231 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Delta O2S signal front, >190uA | Engine speed, <2700 RPM engine load, <60% heater duty cycle, 20.0...80.0% Modeled exhaust, <800.1° C lambda set value READ ERROR lambda, 0.95...1.05 O2S Heater no fault | 15 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2237 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Signal activity check-failed | O2S front- no other faults | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2240 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Signal activity check-failed | O2S front- no other faults | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2243 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Functional check heater failed AND intrusive check temperature measurement failed | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2247 | O2 Sensor Nernst Voltage Open - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Functional check heater failed AND intrusive check temperature measurement failed | 35 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2251 | O2 Sensor Signal open circuit - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Functional check heater failed AND signal activity check failed | 45 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2254 | O2 Sensor Signal open circuit - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Functional check heater failed AND signal activity check failed | 45 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2257 | Air pump relay. short to grnd. | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING | Signal voltage < 2.00 V | Pump relay commanded off ign on | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2258 | Air pump relay. sort to B+. | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING | Signal current < 0.8 mA | Pump relay commanded on ign on | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2270 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2 SULEV | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Rationality check, O2S signal rear, <0.557...0.630 mV | Mass air flow, >25kg/h O2S rear readiness,>10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp. > 350° C | 100 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2271 | O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2 SULEV | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Rationality check, O2S signal rear, <0.557...0.630 mV | Mass air flow, >25kg/h O2S rear readiness,>10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp. > 350° C | 100 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2279 | Intake air system leak | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Threshold to detect a defective system >1.33....1.6 AND ratio of the tie system defective during the measurement window to the whole duration of the measurement window >0.60000 | Time after engine start >60.0 Sec engine load <40% mass air flow <6553.50 kg/h ECT >49.50° C IAT <99.80° C lambda control value >0.95 lambda set value 0.95...1.05 vehicle speed < 1.00km/h lambda control active engine speed idle altitude < 2700m O2S front no fault number of checks 3 | 23 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2293 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Performance | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure, >1.50mPa difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure, < -1.50 mPa | Time after engine start, 10.0 Sec fuel cut off, not active | 3.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2294 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit open circuit | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal current < 0.8 mA | 1.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2295 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit Low short to ground | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | < 2.0 V | 1.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2296 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit High | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal current > 8 A | Time after engine start 5...15 Sec | 1.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Ignition System
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2300 | Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current >24.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2301 | Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current >5.1...7.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2303 | Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current >24.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2304 | Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current >5.1...7.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2306 | Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current >24.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2307 | Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage >5.1...7.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2309 | Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current >24.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2310 | Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage >5.1...7.0 mA | Engine speed, >680 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Additional emission regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2400 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit/Open | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Signal current < 0.8 mA | LDP, commanded on Engine speed, >416 RPM | 0.27 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2401 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit Low | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 2 V | LDP, commanded off Engine speed, >416 RPM | 0.27 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2402 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit High | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Signal current > 1.0 A | LDP, commanded on Engine speed, >416 RPM | 0.27 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2403 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Circuit/Open | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Low signal voltage time > 1 Sec | LDP, commanded off same as for P0442 | 10 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2404 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Range/Performance | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | High signal voltage AND time > 0.36 Sec | LDP, commanded on same as for P0442 | 10 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2414 | O2 Sensor signal range check - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S signal front > 3.1 V | Lambda control active engine torque positive engine speed no idle | 25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2415 | O2 Sensor signal range check - Bank 1, Bank 2 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S signal front > 3.1 V | Lambda control active engine torque positive engine speed no idle | 25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2431 | Rationality check | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Difference between SAIR pressure, AMP, and MAP > 60.0 hPa | Ambient press. sensor no fault manifold air press. sensor no fault SAI done | 60 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2432 | Signal range check | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage, < 0.5 V | Ambient press. sensor no fault | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2433 | Signal range check | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Signal voltage, >4.5 V | Ambient press. sensor no fault | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2440 | Air valve bank 1 | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) >= 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR Bank 1 pressure (phase 1) >= 0.297 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75 | Air valve commanded off air pump commanded on | 20 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2442 | Air valve bank 2 | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING OR SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING | Blockage: relative SAIR pressure (phase 1) >= 0.453 leakage: relative SAIR Bank 1 pressure (phase 1) >= 0.297 relative SAIR pressure (phase 2) < 0.75 | Air valve commanded off air pump commanded on | 20 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2539 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 4.6 V | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2540 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure Deviation < 800 kPa <80 kPa | 5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P2541 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit Low | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.2 V | 1 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P2626 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open Bank 1 Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S signal front > 4.7 V | Modeled exhaust temp, > 380° C Fuel cut off, > 2 Sec | 4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2629 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open Bank 1 Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S signal front > 4.7 V | Modeled exhaust temp, > 380° C Fuel cut off, > 2 Sec | 4 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P3081 | Engine Temperature Too Low | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Step 1 modeled ECT > 30° C AND ECT < 30° C and modeled ECT> 30° C ECT < 25° C | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Control module and output signals
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U0001 | High Speed CAN Communication Bus | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | CAN message, No feedback | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0002 | High Speed CAN Communication Bus | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Global time out...receiving no messages | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0100 | Lost Communication with ECM/PCM A | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Failure of all CAN engine messages, Time out more than 490 mSec Failure of all CAN engine messages but not all CAN messages, Time out more than 1010 mSec | No bus off error No error failure of all CAN messages No error failure of all CAN engine messages Terminal 15 Voltage, > 9 V for more than 500 mSec > 500 mSec after reset | 1 Sec | |
| U0101 | Lost Communication with TCM | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Direct Shift Gearbox (DSG) Mechatronic -J743- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623-. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | No message received from TCM | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0121 | CAN ABS brake unit | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | No CAN communication with TCU, time-out | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0140 | CAN communication with BCM | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | CAN message no message | Battery voltage (no map, bottom and top limit)9•••17 V time after ignition on0.5 | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0146 | CAN gateway A | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | CAN communication with gateway, time-out | Battery voltage (no map, bottom and top limit)9•••17 V time after ignition on0.5 | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0155 | Communication with ICL | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | No CAN message received from ICL no message | Battery voltage (no map, bottom and top limit)9•••17 V time after ignition on0.5 | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0302 | Software Incompatibility with Transmission Control Module | Replace the Direct Shift Gearbox (DSG) Mechatronic -J743-. Refer to appropriate service information. | MT vehicle ECM coded as AT vehicle OR AT vehicle ECM coded as MT vehicle | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 5.0 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0323 | CAN: Instrument cluster Audi only | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Ambient temp value module not encoded for ambient temp sensor, 00h | Key on status ambient temp from instrument cluster, no fault | 2 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| U0402 | CAN communication with TCM | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Selector Lever -E313- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623 | Invalid data received from TCM implausible message | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 0.3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0404 | Invalid Data Received From Gear Shift Control Module | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Selector Lever -E313- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623-. | If the value of message counter is permanent, constant, or change exceeds a threshold, increment an event counter maximum change of message counter > 5 | No failure of selector lever CAN messages Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 mSec | 50 mSec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0415 CAN | CAN link to speed sensor | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING | Invalid data received from TCU implausible message | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 0.1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0415 CAN (only S4) Vehicle Speed | CAN link to speed sensor | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING | Invalid data received from TCU implausible message | Engine on time since engine start engine on>3 Sec engine on and fuel cut off engine on time since engine start engine on>3 Sec | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0422 | CAN: Instrument cluster | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Ambient temp. value (initialization), Audi, 01h | Key on status ambient temp from instrument cluster no fault electrical check ambient temp. sensor, no fault | 2.0 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| U0423 | Communication with ICL | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Invalid data received from ICL implausible message | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0447 | CAN gateway | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Received data from Gateway implausible message | Battery voltage 9...17 V time after ignition on0.5 Sec | 0.3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
Scheme 1
- The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- fuse OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Scheme 2
Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 3
Using a multimeter, check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- 1 and 2 for resistance.
Scheme 4
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connections for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal 54 for an open circuit.
Scheme 5
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 54 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 2, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- fuse OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- 1 and 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N205-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connections for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal 39 for an open circuit.
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 2 -N208- electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 39 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 6
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Scheme 7
Specified value: about 5.0 V
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
Scheme 8
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 35 |
| 2 | 55 |
| 3 | 50 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
The following procedure is used to diagnose Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- which is controlled by Engine Control Module - J623-.
Note. Use only gold-plated when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals of the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
- Diode test lamp
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Remove the sensor connector -1
Scheme 9
Checking activation
Connect diode test lamp between terminal 2 and terminal 1.
Turn key on
Operate starter for a few Sec.
LED in test lamp must blink
Turn key off
Checking voltage
Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- electrical harness connector.
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G163- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Scheme 10
Specified value: about 5.0 V
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector.
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | T94 /63 |
| 2 | T60 /40 |
| 3 | T60 /50 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
Replace Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor 2 -G163-. Refer to.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information..
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING
The following procedure requires a test drive. Observe all safety precautions.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Speedometer -G21- OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Perform a road test with a vehicle speed greater than 5 Km/h.
Using the scan tool, Check the vehicle speed
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Vehicle Speed | Approx. Vehicle Speed | |||
Compare the vehicle speed on the scan tool to the Speedometer -G21-.
Specified value: a difference of no greater than 10%.
If the specified value was not obtained or no speed was displayed
Check the wiring from the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- to the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285- for an open circuit, Short to Battery (+), or to Ground (GND).
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- communicates with other CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is recognized as a malfunction by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- and the other control modules connected to the CAN-bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector.
Note. The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- must remain connected for the following step.
Using a multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector terminals 6 to 16 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 6 (Can_Bus Low) | 67 |
| 16(Can_Bus High) | 68 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
Test requirements
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- Oxygen Sensors OK.
- No leaks or damage to exhaust system.
Function test
Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are exceeded
Check the exhaust system for leaks.
If necessary, repair the leak in the exhaust system.
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
End diagnosis.
If no leaks are found in the exhaust system
Replace the catalytic converter with front exhaust pipe. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
TURBOCHARGER, G-CHARGER
Note. Charge air system must be properly sealed. Always replace self-locking nuts. Charge air hoses and pipes as well as their connections must be free of oil and grease before re-installing. Do not assemble charge air hoses and lines with lubricants containing oils, only coat with water (without additives) if necessary. Note installation marks on hoses and components. All hose connections for charge air system are secured by spring-type clamps or by connector couplings. Install only approved clamps for securing hose connections. Pliers for spring clamps or hose clamp pliers are recommended for installing spring clamps. For connector couplings, always note the following points
Disengage connector coupling by pulling securing clip -arrow-.
Disconnect hose and pipe without the assistance of tools.
When assembling, make sure the retaining tabs -A- are engaged securely.
Scheme 11
Before screwing on oil supply line, fill turbocharger with engine oil at filler tube.
After installing turbocharger, let engine idle for approx. 1 minute without increasing engine speed. This ensures adequate oil supply to the turbocharger.
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Test sequence
Disconnect the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector -1-.
On the right side, on the compressor with the charge air cooler. Note: The intake air temperature sensor 2 -G430- / charge air pressure sensor 2 -G447- are arranged as mirror images of each other.
Scheme 12
Start engine and let it run at idle.
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage.
Scheme 13
Specified value: min. 4.5 V
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was obtained
Replace the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72-.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to wiring diagram.
| Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 7 |
| 2 | 63 |
| 3 | 86 |
| 4 | 38 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Charge Air Pressure Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor -G31/G72-.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
- Engine cold.
Test procedure
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Coolant temperature | Approx. coolant temperature | |||
If the specified value is not obtained
Continue test according to the following table
| Indicated | Cause | Test |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. - 40.0° C | Open circuit or short circuit to (B+) | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . |
| Approx. 140.0° C | Short circuit to Ground (GND) | ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . |
If the specified value was obtained
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of 1.0° C.
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature signal is intermittent.
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to the appropriate service information
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 14
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
Specified values
| ECT Temperature vs Resistance | ||
|---|---|---|
| Temp (C) | Min value ohms | Max value ohms |
| 40 | 36816 | 43714 |
| 35 | 28840 | 33978 |
| 25 | 17680 | 20530 |
| 15 | 10940 | 12534 |
| 5 | 6897 | 7804 |
| 0 | 5535 | 6226 |
| 5 | 4443 | 4970 |
| 15 | 2923 | 3235 |
| 25 | 1978 | 2167 |
| 35 | 1369 | 1486 |
| 45 | 965 | 1039 |
| 55 | 692 | 738 |
| 65 | 503 | 533 |
| 75 | 372 | 392 |
| 85 | 279 | 292 |
| 95 | 213 | 223 |
| 105 | 164 | 172 |
| 115 | 127 | 134 |
| 125 | 99 | 106 |
| 135 | 78 | 84 |
If any of the specified values was not obtained
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Testing if display is approx. - 40.0°C
Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Using a jumper wire, connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.
Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.
If the value jumps to approx. 140.0° C
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If indication remains at approx. -40.0° C
Testing if display approx. 140.0°C
Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
If indication jumps to approx. -40.0° C
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If indication remains at approx. 140.0° C
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 50 |
| 2 | 27 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- detects RPM and reference marks. Without an engine speed signal, the engine will not start. If the engine speed signal fails while the engine is running, the engine will stop immediately.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the engine speed
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engine rotations per minute (RPM) | Idle speed | |||
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Scheme 15
Specified value: 450 to 1200 ohms
If the specified value is not obtained
Replace the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified values are obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit.
| Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 14 |
| 2 | 53 |
| 3 | 50 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Remove the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- and check the sensor wheel for proper seating, damage and run-out. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the sensor wheel is OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- fuse OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Note. Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- is supplied via the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757-.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 16
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- terminals 1 and 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 22.0 to 30.0 ohms.
If the specified value is not obtained
Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-.
If the specification is obtained
Checking voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 2 for voltage.
Scheme 17
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 for voltage.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value is not obtained
Check the wiring connection from the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Check Ground (GND) activation
Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector for voltage.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 2 | Battery positive (+) |
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical connector terminal 2 to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal 75 for an open circuit.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 75 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Perform a preliminary check to verify the condition: PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Smoke tester
- Evaporative and fuel supply system vacuum hose and line routing diagram
Test procedure
Using a smoke tester, check the evaporative emission system for leaks.
Note. Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper installation and operation of the smoke tester being used.
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type. Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.
If a leak is detected
Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper installation. Replace if necessary.
Check the seals under the locking flanges and the union nuts are properly tightened on the fuel tank.
Check all hose connections of the evaporative system and replace or repair any leaking lines.
Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found
Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set.
Perform a road test to verify repair.
Generate readiness code.
If a DTC was set and does not return
Repair complete, generate readiness code.
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the evaporative and fuel supply system
Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the evaporative and fuel supply systems. If a DTC is stored, perform the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Diode test lamp (12V).
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Observe safety precautions.
Observe rules for cleanliness.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover and air intake duct. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the 8 pin connector from the fuel injector assembly harness (located just below and to the right of the electronic throttle motor assembly).
Using a multimeter connected to ground, check terminals 2, 4, 6, 8 for the correct voltage.
Specified value: 22 - 25 V.
If voltage is below specification
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open or short to ground circuit.
| Component | Fuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|---|
| Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector -N30 | 1 | 3 |
| Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector -N30 | 2 | 31 |
| Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -N31 | 1 | 19 |
| Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -N31 | 2 | 33 |
| Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector -N32 | 1 | 1 |
| Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector -N32 | 2 | 46 |
| Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector -N33 | 1 | 4 |
| Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector -N33 | 2 | 34 |
| Cylinder 5 Fuel Injector -N83 | 1 | 16 |
| Cylinder 5 Fuel Injector -N83 | 2 | 47 |
| Cylinder 6 Fuel Injector -N84 | 1 | 18 |
| Cylinder 6 Fuel Injector -N84 | 2 | 32 |
Specified values: 1.5 ohms max. for wire continuity, and for circuit to ground check; Infinite or "OL" is displayed
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short to ground.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If voltage is within specification
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Injector -- electrical terminals (1 to 2 for N30, 3-4 for N31, 5-6 for N32 or 7 to 8 for N33) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.4 - 2.6 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the malfunctioning Fuel injector(s). Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking activation and wiring
Connect a diode test lamp (12V) from Battery + to the injector harness connector terminal (1 for N30, 3 for N31, 5 for N32 or 7 for N33) of the Fuel Injector -- to be tested.
Operate the starter and test the activation of the Fuel Injector --.
LED should flicker.
Switch the ignition off.
If LED does not flicker
Replace the malfunctioning Fuel injector(s). Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Checking voltage
Disconnect the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector. -4
Scheme 18
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals for voltage.
| Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Battery positive (+) | Battery voltage |
| 3 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained
Replace the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring connections
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 50 |
| 2 | 59 |
| 3 | 35 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service Information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
FUEL PUMP DELIVERY QUANTITY, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Switched remote control (jumper).
- multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
- Fuel pressure test set.
- Measuring container, fuel-resistant.
Test conditions
- Battery voltage 12.5 V
- Fuel filter OK
- Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- Fuel pressure regulator OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the fuel filler cap from fuel filler tube.
Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.
Remove the floor sealing cover -1-.
Scheme 19
Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the fuel delivery unit.
Scheme 20
Connect a switched remote control (jumper) to terminal -1- of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).
Connect a jumper wire from terminal -5- of the fuel delivery unit to vehicle Ground (GND).
Scheme 21
| WARNING | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system, place rags around the connection area. Then release the pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
Disconnect the fuel return line -arrow- by pressing release buttons.
Scheme 22
Connect a fuel line from the fuel pressure test set to the disconnected fuel return line and hold it in the measuring container.
Scheme 23
Press the switch on the remote control (jumper) and operate the fuel pump for 15 seconds.
Compare quantity of fuel delivered with minimum delivery rate in the diagram (cm 3 /30 sec.).
Scheme 24
Note. Voltage at the fuel pump with engine stopped and fuel pump running is approx. 2 volts less than battery voltage.
If minimum delivery quantity is not obtained, the following malfunctions may be present
- Fuel lines pinched.
- Fuel filter plugged.
- Fuel pump faulty.
If necessary, repair any pinched or plugged lines.
If the filter is restricted
Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the fuel pump is faulty
Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the following
Install the rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
FUEL PRESSURE TEST
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- fuel line adapter set V.A.G. 1318/17A. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool and are also available for rental or purchase through Audi.
- In- line fuel pressure gauge with shutoff valve. (high pressure).
Test conditions
- Battery voltage 12.5 V
- Function and voltage supply for the Fuel Pump is OK.
- Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
| WARNING | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system, place rags around the connection area. Then release the pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
Start diagnosis
Disconnect fuel supply line -3- at the supply location and catch any fuel coming out with a shop towel
Scheme 25
Note. Pull circlip upward to unlock fuel line
Install a fuel pressure gauge with appropriate adapters.
Open shut off valve on fuel gauge.
Switch ignition on and off repeatedly until fuel pressure stops increasing pressure.
Read fuel pressure on the gauge.
- Specified value: 3.5 to 6 bar
If specification is exceeded
Check return line between fuel filter and fuel pump for kinks or blockage.
If no malfunction in fuel return line is found
Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunctioning.
Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
If reading was below the specification
Check fuel pressure at the fuel filter between fuel pump and fuel filter using appropriate adapters
Open shut off valve on gauge and start the engine. Allow to idle.
Slowly close the pressure gauge shut off and note the fuel pressure.
- Pressure must increase to 6 bar.
When 6 bar is reached: Open shut off tap immediately!
If pressure has increased during test
Fuel pump is OK. Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunctioning.
Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
If pressure did not increase
Fuel pump is faulty
Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
Test conditions
Scheme 26
- Battery voltage 12.5 V.
- Fuse -27- in Fuse Panel C is OK.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.
Remove the Fuel Pump Control Module from the retaining clips on the floor sealing cover.
Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the Fuel Pump Control Module.
Scheme 27
Connect the multimeter ground lead to terminal -6- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector.
Connect the multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector.
Scheme 28
Turn the Ignition key to the ON position.
The meter should read within 1 volt of battery voltage.
If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in ground or power circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.
If voltage is OK, connect multimeter positive lead to terminal -3- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The ground lead remains on terminal -6
Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery voltage.
If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in the power circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.
If voltage is OK, connect multimeter positive lead to terminal -2- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The ground lead remains on terminal -6
Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be 3.2 volts (+/-.4)
If voltage is below specification, check circuit from Fuel Pump Control Module to ECM for open, short or high resistance and repair as necessary. If no circuit fault is found, replace ECM.
If voltage is OK, reconnect the wiring harness to the Fuel Pump control Module.
Test procedure for Fuel Pump Control Module
Remove the floor sealing cover to access the Fuel Delivery Unit (fuel pump).
Disconnect the harness connector from the Fuel Delivery Unit.
Connect the multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel Delivery Unit harness connector.
Connect the multimeter ground lead to terminal -5- of the Fuel Delivery Unit harness connector.
Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery voltage.
If voltage is below specification, replace the Fuel Pump Control Module.
If voltage is within specification, replace the Fuel Delivery Unit (Fuel Pump). Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
TRANSFER FUEL PUMP, CHECKING
Note. Models with an airbag are installed with a crash fuel shut-off system. It reduces the danger of a fire in a crash as the fuel pump is switched off via the fuel pump relay. When the door is opened the fuel pump is activated for 2 seconds to build up the pressure in the fuel system.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Hand held remote control (jumper).
- Multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
Test conditions
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts..
- Fuel Pump (FP) Relay -J17- OK.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Test sequence
Remove the rear seat bench. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Remove cover retainers from the right sealing flange.
Disconnect the electrical harness connector from the Transfer Fuel Pump (FP) -G6- fuel delivery unit.
Connect a hand-held remote control (jumper) to terminal 5 of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).
Connect a jumper cable from an Electrical connector test lead set to terminal 1 of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle Ground (GND).
Press switch on the hand-held remote control (jumper).
Note. The Fuel Pump (FP) runs quietly. Avoid surrounding noises while testing the fuel pump.
Listen for an operating noise from the fuel pump.
If no operating noise is heard
Remove the fuel delivery unit.
Using a multimeter, check the electrical circuit between terminals 1 to and 5 of the fuel delivery unit pump motor for resistance.
Scheme 29
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for an open circuit, a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Replace the fuel delivery unit.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK
- Fuse -SC3- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customer's complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove rear seat assembly. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 3 | Chassis Ground (GND) |
Specified value: Battery voltage
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- wiring harness terminal 3 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- terminal 8 for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
Checking Ground (GND)
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- wiring harness terminal 1 to T5a/1, black 5 pin connector, for resistance.
| Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module J538 Terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | T5e/1, black 5 pin connector |
| 2 | T5e/5, black 5 pin connector |
| 5 | T94/42 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms maximum.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the fault does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
FUEL METERING VALVE, CHECKING
The following procedure is used to diagnose the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- which is controlled by Engine Control Module -J623-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- OK.
- The Fuse -SB5- OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Located on the high pressure pump, right side of cylinder head.
Disconnect the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 30
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance
Scheme 31
Specified value: 450 to 1000 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Fuel Metering Valve -N290-. Refer to the appropriate service information
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Crank the engine.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring from the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 8 for an open circuit or a short circuit to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring connections
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminal 60 for resistance.
| Fuel Metering Valve -N290- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 60 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
End diagnosis.
If the DTC returns and no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Diode test lamp.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- fuses OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
- The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK.
- The Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Remove the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness screws -1-.
Scheme 32
Disconnect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness connectors -arrows- from the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-.
Scheme 33
Checking voltage supply
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271 - terminal 8 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
Checking activation
| WARNING | Do not touch the Ignition Coils -- connecting parts or adapter cables during the following test. |
Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33, N83, N84- by removing Fuse 29 (on fuse panel B) from the fuse holder SB29, in the E-box, plenum chamber.
Using a diode test lamp, check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 3 for voltage.
Operate the starter.
The LED should flicker.
Switch the ignition off.
If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK
Replace the faulty Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the LED does not flicker
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)J623 electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
| Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| N70-3 | 21 |
| N127-3 | 23 |
| N291-3 | 8 |
| N292-3 | 6 |
| N323-3 | 22 |
| N324-3 | 7 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Connect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness connectors -arrows- to the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324-.
Scheme 34
Install the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292, N323, N324- electrical harness screws -1-.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 35
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5 V
Switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check and/or repair wiring as required.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical terminals 2 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 7-25 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical terminals 1 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 244 [+/- 40] ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified values were not obtained
Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.
| Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | T60/35 |
| 2 | T94/13 |
| 3 | T94/39 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector -1-.
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5 V
Switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check and/or repair wiring as required.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical terminals 2 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 7-25 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical terminals 1 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 244 [+/- 40] ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified values were not obtained
Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.
| Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor 2 -G512- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | T60/35 |
| 2 | T94/35 |
| 3 | T94/39 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SA5- OK.
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector. -2
Scheme 36
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 [+/-] 10 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring from the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to fuse SB5 on fuse panel B.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector.
| Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 36 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Note. Before disconnecting the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connectors, mark the component location.
Disconnect the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 37
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Knock Sensor -- terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)J623 electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
| Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 58 |
| 2 | 57 |
| 3 | 42 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66- tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Note. Before disconnecting the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connectors, mark the component location.
Disconnect the electrical harness connector Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66- -2-.
Scheme 38
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Knock Sensor -- terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connector to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM)J623 electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
| Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 56 |
| 2 | 57 |
| 3 | 42 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 2 -G66-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- fuse OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 39
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- for resistance as follows
Scheme 40
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified values |
|---|---|
| 1 + 3 | 640 to 720 ohms |
| 2 + 3 | 15 to 17 ohms |
If any of the specifications are not obtained
Replace the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144--. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified values are obtained
Checking voltage supply
Note. The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- is supplied via the 15 amp fuse SB5.
Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- for voltage.
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 for voltage.
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 3 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit.
Specified value: Wire resistance max 1.5 ohms.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical connector terminals to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94.
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 9 |
| 2 | 69 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following
Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
CHARGE AIR COOLING PUMP, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- fuse SA3 OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188
Disconnect the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 41
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- for resistance as follows
| Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified values |
|---|---|
| 1 + 2 | 640 to 720 ohms |
| 3 to ground | 15 to 17 ohms |
If any of the specifications are not obtained
Replace the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified values are obtained
Checking voltage supply
Note. The voltage for the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- is supplied via the 15A fuse SB7.
Check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- for voltage.
Turn the key on.
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminal 1 for voltage.
| Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit.
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical connector terminals to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60.
| Charge Air Cooling Pump -V188- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | To fuse SB7 |
| 2 | 10 |
| 3 | To engine ground |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following
Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
LOW FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Checking voltage
Disconnect the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector -1-.
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector for voltage.
| Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Battery positive (+) | Battery voltage |
| 2 to Ground (GND) | Near 0 volts |
| 3 to Ground (GND) | 5 V |
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained
Replace the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was Not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Low Fuel Pressure Sensor -G410- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | GND |
| 2 | 44 |
| 3 | 35 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was Not obtained
Check the wiring for an open, high resistance, short to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
The following procedure is used to diagnose the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- which is controlled by Engine Control Module -J623-.
Note. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- is part of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and cannot be replaced separately Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Start engine and let it run at idle.
Using the scan tool, Check the temperature of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- at idle
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Intake air temperature sensor | ||||
| Engine running at idle | Approx. ambient temperature | |||
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained, but the DTC memory has a DTC indicating a Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- fault
Check the voltage supply of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .
If specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .
Checking voltage supply
Remove the engine cover. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 42
Crank the engine.
Using a multimeter, check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to engine Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: approx 5 V.
Switch the ignition off.
If specified value was not obtained
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Checking electrical circuit
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for resistance.
| Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 50 |
| 2 | 41 |
| 3 | 35 |
| 4 | 37 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If any of the specified values were not obtained
Check the wiring for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- /Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-.
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Repair complete, Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
End diagnosis.
If the DTC returns and no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Engine MUST be at room temperature.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the ambient air temperature
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) | Approx. ambient air temperature | |||
If the specified value was obtained
Fault may be intermittent. Check for proper connection, damaged wiring or loose terminals.
Note. The reading will default to 419° F if the circuit is open or shorted to ground.
If the specified value was Not obtained
Checking internal resistance
Turn the key off.
Disconnect the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector.
Using a multimeter, check the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
Specified values
| AAT Temperature vs Resistance | ||
|---|---|---|
| Temp (C) | Min. value ohms | Max. value ohms |
| 40 | 31811 | 37560 |
| 35 | 22941 | 26863 |
| 25 | 12415 | 14289 |
| 15 | 6958 | 7880 |
| 5 | 4036 | 4495 |
| 0 | 3120 | 3442 |
| 5 | 2422 | 2655 |
| 15 | 1519 | 1623 |
| 25 | 968 | 1031 |
| 35 | 629 | 676 |
| 45 | 419 | 455 |
| 55 | 286 | 314 |
| 65 | 195 | 217 |
| 75 | 136 | 155 |
If the specified values were Not obtained
Replace the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified values are obtained, continue the test according to the following table
Checking wiring
Turn the key on.
Connect a multimeter to terminals 1 and 2 of the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector.
Specified value: near 5.02 V
If the specified value was Not obtained
Turn the key off.
Remove the Instrument Cluster. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness.
Using a multimeter, check the Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector terminals 1 and 2 to the Instrument Cluster electrical harness connector T36 for an open circuit or a short, refer to the appropriate wiring diagram.
| Ambient Air Temperature Sensor -G17- electrical harness connector terminals | Instrument Cluster -J285- electrical connector T32 terminals |
|---|---|
| 1 | 28 |
| 2 | 24 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specified value was obtained
Replace the Instrument Cluster. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was Not obtained
Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short circuit to Battery (+) or ground.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR AFTER CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The oxygen sensor properly installed
- Exhaust system free of leaks
- The oxygen sensor fuses OK
- Ground connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts
- Coolant temperature at least 80° C
- All electrical consumers switched off
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever in park or neutral
- A/C switched off
- Engine running
Note. The oxygen sensor compares the oxygen content of the outside air with the residual oxygen content in the exhaust gas, and generates a voltage input signal to the engine control module. If oxygen sensor voltage does not fluctuate, the sensor does not respond, or responds too slowly, the following causes are possible: Slits in the oxygen sensor tip are plugged Sensor not up to operating temperature Sensor has been thermally overloaded Transition resistance in signal wire or reference ground connection Sensor has been damaged by electrical contact cleaner or similar contaminant (drawn through signal wire by capillary action due to thermal fluctuation) Sensor has been damaged by exposure to silicone. When using silicone sprays and sealants, silicone residue is drawn into the engine where it passes unburned into the exhaust and can damage the oxygen sensor
Test procedure
Using a generic scan tool, refer to Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Current System Data.
Note. Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6 for oxygen sensor monitoring test results.
Review the mode data test results.
If any of the test results indicate a monitor failure
Refer to the monitor support documentation as indicated in the mode test procedure to diagnose and repair the cause of the failure.
If the test results indicate no monitor failures
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the oxygen sensor electrical harness connector. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.
Switch ignition on.
Using a multimeter, measure the voltage between the sensor signal and reference ground circuits.
- Specification: 0.400 to 0.500 V
Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained
Check the oxygen sensor wiring and connections.
If specified value is obtained
Replace the oxygen sensor. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Checking wiring and connections
Remove the engine control module. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.
Using a multimeter, measure the resistance of the signal and reference ground circuits between the oxygen sensor and the engine control module. Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the circuits for a short to each other, short to battery voltage, and short to ground.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
Repair the wiring or connection as necessary.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the engine control module. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- fuse OK.
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19- before catalytic converter OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-checking) .
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect scan tool.
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 01: Oxygen sensor monitoring before catalytic converter".
Select "Test-ID 131: Dynamic test".
Check the specified values at idle.
| Dynamic test | Specified value | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||
| Normal operation | 0.35009 | ||
| Reduced threshold upon suspicion of malfunction in catalytic converter | 0.39990 | ||
If specified values are obtained
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 43
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1- terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Scheme 44
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 82 |
| 2 | 61 |
| 4 | 83 |
| 6 | 84 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S 2, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- fuse OK.
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z28- before catalytic converter OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-2-checking) .
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect scan tool.
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 01: Oxygen sensor monitoring before catalytic converter".
Select "Test-ID 131: Dynamic test".
Check the specified values at idle.
| Dynamic test | Specified value | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||
| Normal operation | 0.35009 | ||
| Reduced threshold upon suspicion of malfunction in catalytic converter | 0.39990 | ||
If specified values are obtained
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector -1- terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 81 |
| 2 | 59 |
| 4 | 60 |
| 6 | 62 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- is accessible. When servicing terminals 3 and 4 in the electrical harness connector of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-, use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- fuse Ok.
- Oxygen Sensor O2S Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter Heater - Z29- OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-1-behind) .
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect scan tool.
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 02: Oxygen sensor monitoring behind catalytic converter".
Select following Test-IDs.
Check the specified values at idle.
| Test-ID | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | |||
| 1 | Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 2 | Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 7 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 8 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 129 | Sensor voltage lean | 0 | 0.6241 V | |
| 130 | Sensor voltage rich | 0.6241 V | 1.2998 V | |
| 131 | Deceleration test | 0 V | 0.1599 V | |
If the specified values are obtained
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Scheme 45
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 46
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Scheme 47
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 3 | 76 |
| 4 | 32 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 2 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- is accessible. When servicing terminals 3 and 4 in the electrical harness connector of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131-, use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S)2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- fuse Ok.
- Oxygen Sensor O2S Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter Heater 2 - Z30- OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-2-behind) .
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect scan tool.
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 02: Oxygen sensor monitoring behind catalytic converter".
Select following Test-IDs.
Check the specified values at idle.
| Test-ID | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | |||
| 1 | Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 2 | Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 7 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 8 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 129 | Sensor voltage lean | 0 | 0.6241 V | |
| 130 | Sensor voltage rich | 0.6241 V | 1.2998 V | |
| 131 | Deceleration test | 0 V | 0.1599 V | |
If the specified values are obtained
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G131-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G131- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 3 | 54 |
| 4 | 55 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19- is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- and cannot be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB10- OK.
- Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine (engine may run).
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 5 | Ground (GND) |
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 8 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 73 for resistance.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 73 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code)
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z28- is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- and cannot be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB10- OK.
- Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine (engine may run).
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G108- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 5 | Ground (GND) |
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 5 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 51 for resistance.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 51 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code)
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 Before Catalytic Converter Heater - Z29- is part of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Before Three Way Catalytic Converter -G130- and cannot be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB9- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove right cover from vehicle underbody. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 48
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Scheme 49
Specified value: 2.5 to 14.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 46 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 2 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater -Z30- is part ofOxygen Sensor (O2S) Before Three Way Catalytic Converter -G131- and cannot be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB9- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove right cover from vehicle underbody. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 14.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 8 for an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G131- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 41 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SENSOR 1, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB10- OK.
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 50
Checking voltage supply
Note. The voltage for the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- is supplied by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminal 1 for voltage.
| Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the engine briefly.
Specified value: approx. 5 V.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- terminal T60-35 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminals to Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals.
| Secondary Air Injection Sensor 1 -G609- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 35 |
| 2 | 12 |
| 3 | 50 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in wiring
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SOLENOID VALVE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve --N112-- fuse OK.
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Note. Voltage is supplied to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130-.
Procedure
Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector -1-.
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- : Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical connector terminal 1 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- for an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 49 for an open circuit.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 49 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SOLENOID VALVE 2, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 --N320-- fuse OK.
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Note. Voltage is supplied to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130-.
Procedure
Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical harness connector -3-.
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- : Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical connector terminal 1 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- for an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information. Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 28 for an open circuit.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve 2 -N320- electrical harness connector terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 28 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, lose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- fuses OK.
- Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK..
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking voltage
Using a Multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 2 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 2 to the Battery -A- (+) terminal for an open circuit or a short circuit to Ground (GND).
Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 8 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 8 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor -V101- socket 2 for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket 6 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 23 for resistance.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299- socket terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 6 | 23 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay -J299-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC returns and no malfunction is found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Hand vacuum pump.
Test conditions
- Vacuum lines and hose connections free of leaks.
- Vacuum lines not plugged.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start procedure
Remove the vacuum hose from the combination valve.
Connect hand vacuum pump to combination valve vacuum connection.
Remove the air duct hose from the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- and position aside.
Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection hose.
Inject a light air pressure into the in Secondary Air Injection hose to close the combination valve. (do not use compressed air).
The combination valve should close and seal. Air should not be able to pass through the combination valve.
Operate the hand vacuum pump.
The combination valve should open. Air should be able to pass through the combination valve.
If combination valve does not open
Replace the faulty combination valve. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- fuses OK.
- The Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Fuse -S130- fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the secondary air injection hose. Under right headlamp.
Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 51
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Switch the ignition on
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection from the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Relay --J299-- socket 2 to the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking Ground (GND)
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101-- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
Replace Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Pump Motor --V101--. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
TCM TO ECM CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- A CAN malfunction was recognized
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts
- Engine control module fuses OK
- Ignition switched off
Test procedure
Remove the transmission control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Disconnect the transmission control module electrical harness connector.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
Repair as necessary.
Note. The ECM must remain connected for the following step. The central terminal resistor is located in the ECM.
Using a multimeter, check the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217- electrical harness connector terminals 9 to 11 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Using a multimeter, check each of the CAN bus circuits between the transmission control module and the engine control module. Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage, open circuit or high resistance.
Repair as necessary.
If the specified resistance value was not obtained and no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
If the specified resistance value was obtained
Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage, open circuit or high resistance.
Repair as necessary.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the transmission control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals in Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the drivers side storage compartment. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- 6-pin electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 52
Checking voltage supply and wiring
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connections for voltage.
Scheme 53
| Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 1 to 5 | About 5 V |
| 2 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 2 to 3 | About 5 V |
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 for an open circuit.
Scheme 54
| Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 58 |
| 2 | 80 |
| 3 | 56 |
| 4 | 57 |
| 5 | 78 |
| 6 | 79 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the drivers side storage compartment. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Function
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor (Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186-) in the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-. It is operated by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- and the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-.
The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- is made up of the following components
- Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G187
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G188
The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- cannot be serviced separately and must be serviced as a unit.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Switch ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at idle stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Idle stop | 3.0 to 25.0% | |||
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop while observing the percentage display. The percentage display must increase uniformly.
Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop | 84.0 to 97.0% | |||
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Remove the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338 - far enough so that the electrical connector terminals are reached.
Disconnect the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 55
Checking resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- terminals 1 to 3 for resistance.
Scheme 56
Specified value: 1.0 to 5.0 ohms (at 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Check the voltage supply of the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.
Checking voltage supply and wiring
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G187- at the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 6 for voltage.
Scheme 57
Specified value: at least 4.5 V
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- at electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
Scheme 58
| Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminals | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 28 |
| 2 | 14 |
| 3 | 15 |
| 4 | 13 |
| 5 | 30 |
| 6 | 29 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
ENGINE COMPONENT POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- wiring diagrams.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SA2- OK.
- The Engine Control Module Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
- The Ground (GND) connections at the engine and transmission OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The generator OK.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 2 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 2 to the Battery -A- positive terminal for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Switch the engine on.
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 8 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
Switch the engine off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 8 to fuse SA2 for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking Ground (GND)
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for resistance.
| Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket | Engine Control Module -J623- electrical harness connector T94 or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 6 | 72 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757-.
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the fault does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse of the removal.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Checking voltage
Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 2 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 2 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 8 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 6/85 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 19 for resistance.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 6 | 19 |
Specified value: 2.0 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Checking activation
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 4 for voltage.
| Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket terminal | Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4/86 | 19 |
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: 0.5 V Max.
If the specified value was obtained
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/s4/b8-2011-2015/remont/cooling-fan/#30l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ccba-sedan__readiness-code) .
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls, Technical Data. Refer to the appropriate service information.
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls component locations. Refer to the appropriate service information.
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic controls removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin VAG1598/42 is available for purchase or rental. Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before when touching something made out of metal. The reason for this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical components of the transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on the electrical components! Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector terminals! Always switch ignition off before disconnecting or connecting Battery -A-, failure to do so may damage the Transmission Control Module (TCM) -J217-. If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the following
| WARNING | Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
See also:
• DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
• READINESS CODE
• DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
• DTC TABLES
• DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY
• EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS
• CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE 1, CHECKING
• MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
• FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 1 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
• THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING
• AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR/INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
• HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
• FUEL PRESSURE TEST
• FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING
• EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
• IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING
• ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING
• KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING
• KNOCK SENSOR 2, CHECKING
• SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP RELAY, CHECKING
• SECONDARY AIR INJECTION PUMP MOTOR, CHECKING
• CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
• LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING
• SECONDARY AIR INJECTION COMBINATION VALVE, CHECKING
• SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING
• VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING
• INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
• CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
• SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
• PRELIMINARY CHECK
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2, CHECKING
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER 2 BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING